■^^^ ..•»*'" ,•**•■ Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/ancientrecordsof02breauoft t ANCIENT RECORDS OF EGYPT HISTORICAL DOCUMENTS FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO THE PERSIAN CONQUEST, C0LLEC3TED EDITED AND TRANSLATED WITH COMMENTARY BY JAMES HENRY BjREASTED, Ph.D. PEOFE8SOB OF EOTPTOLOGT AND OBIENTAL HI8TOEY IN THE UNIVEE8ITY OF CHICAGO VOLUME II THE EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY CHICAGO THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS 1906 LONDON: LUZAC & CO. LEIPZIG: OTTO HARRASSOWITZ 787660, Copyright 1906, By Thk Univbesity op Chicago Published March 1906 or Composed and Printed By The University of Chicago Press Cliicagw, Illinois, U. S. A. TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I §S The Documentary Sources of Egyptian History . 1-37 Chronology 38-57 Chronological Table 58-75 The Palermo Stone: The First to the Fifth Dynasties 76-167 I. Predynastic Kings 90 II. First Dynasty 91-116 III. Second Dynasty , . 11 7-144 IV. Third Dynasty 145-148 V. Fourth Dynasty 149-152 VI. Fifth Dynasty 153-167 The Third Dynasty 168-175 Reign of Snefru 168-175 Sinai Inscriptions 168-169 Biography of Methen . . , 170-175 The Fourth Dynasty 176-212 Reign of Khufu 176-187 Sinai Inscriptions 176 Inventory Stela 177-180 Examples of Dedication Inscriptions by Sons . . 1 81-187 Reign of Khafre 188-209 Stela of Mertityotes 188-189 Will of Prince Nekure, Son of King Khafre . . . 190-199 Testamentary Enactment of an Unknown Official, Establishing the Endowment of His Tomb by the Pyramid of Khafre 200-209 Reign of Menkure 210-212 Debhen's Inscription, Recounting King Menkure's Erec- tion of a Tomb for Him 210-212 The Fifth Dynasty 213-281 Reign of Userkaf 213-235 V vi TABLE OF CONTENTS §§ Testamentary Enactment of Nekonekh .... 213-215 I. The Priesthood of Hathor 216-219 II. The Mortuary Priesthood of Khenuka . . 220-222 III. Nekonekh's Will 223-225 IV. Nekonekh's Mortuary Priesthood . . . 226-227 V. Nekonekh's Mortuary Statue 228-230 Testamentary Enactment of Senuonekh, Regulating His Mortuary Priesthood 231-235 Reign of Sahure 236-241 Sinai Inscriptions 236 Tomb Stela of Nenekhsekhmet 237-240 Tomb Inscription of Persen 241 Reign of Neferirkere 242-249 Tomb Inscriptions of the Vizier, Chief Judge, and Chief Architect Weshptah 242-249 Reign of Nuserre 250-262 Sinai Inscription 250 Tomb Inscriptions of Hotephiryakhet .... 251-253 Inscription of Ptahshepses 254-262 Reign of Menkuhor 263 Sinai Inscription 263 Reign of Dedkere-Isesi 264-281 Sinai Inscriptions 264-267 Tomb Inscriptions of Senezemib, Chief Judge, Vizier, and Chief Architect 268-277 Mortuary Inscription of Nezemib . ' . . . . 278-279 Tomb Inscription of the Nomarch Henku . . . 280-281 The Sixth Dynasty 282-390 Reign of Teti 282-294 Inscriptions of Sabu, Also Called Ibebi .... 282-286 Inscription of Sabu, Also Called Thety . . . . 287-288 Inscription of an Unknown Builder 289-290 Inscription of Uni 291-294 I. Career under Teti (1. i) 292-294 II. Career under Pepi I (11. 2-32) .... 306-315 III. Career under Mernere (11. 32-50) .... 319-324 Reign of Pepi I . . •\ 295-315 Hammamat Inscriptions* 295-301 I 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS vii §§ I. The King's Inscriptions 296 II. The Expedition's Inscription .... 297-298 III. Chief Architect's Inscription 299 IV. Inscription of the Treasurer of the God Ikhi . 300-301 Sinai Inscription 302-303 Inscription in the Hatnub Quarry 304-305 Inscription of Uni: II Career under Pepi I . . . 306-315 Reign of Mernere 316-336 Inscriptions at the First Cataract 316-318 I. Northern Inscription . . . . . . 317 II. Southern Inscription 318 Inscription of Uni: III Career under Meniere . . 319-324 Inscriptions of Harkhuf 325-336 Inscriptions of Harkhuf (continued) ..... 350-354 Reign of Pepi II 337-38$ Conveyance of Land by Idu, Called Also Seneni . . 337-338 Sinai Inscription 339-343 Stela of the Two Queens, Enekhnes-Merire . . . 344-349 Inscriptions of Harkhuf (continued from § 336) . . 350-354 Letter of Pepi II 350-354 I. Dates and Introduction 351 11. Acknowledgment of Harkhuf 's Letter . . 351 III. Harkhuf's Rewards 352 IV. King's Instructions 353-354 Inscriptions of Pepi-Nakht 355-360 Inscriptions of Khui 361 Inscriptions of Sebni 362-374 Inscriptions of Ibi 375-379 Inscription of Zau . . 380-385 Reign of Ity 386-387 Hammamat Inscription 386-387 Reign of Imhotep 388-390 The Ninth and Tenth Dynasties . . . • . 391-414 Inscriptions of Siut 391-414 I. Inscription of Tefibi • 393-397 II. Inscription of Kheti I 398-404 III. Inscription of Kheti II 405-414 viii TABLE OF CONTENTS §§ The Eleventh Dynasty 415-459 The Nomarch, Intef 419-420 Mortuary Stela 419-420 Reign of Horus-Wahenekh-Intef I . . . . . 421-423 Royal Tomb Stela 421-423 Reign of Horus-Nakhtneb-Tepnefer-Intef II . . 423A-423G Stela of Thethi 423A-423G Reign of Nibhotep-Mentuhotep I 423H Temple Fragments from Gebelen . . . . . 423 H Reigns of Intef III and Nibkhnire-Mentuhotep II . . 424-426 Relief near Assuan 424-426 Reign of Senekhkere-Mentuhotep III 427-433 Hammamat Inscription of Henu 427-433 Reign of Nibtowere-Mentuhotep IV 434-459 Hammamat Inscriptions 434-459 I. The First Wonder 435-438 II. The Official Tablet 439-443 III. The Commander's Tablet 444-448 IV. The Second Wonder 449-451 V. Completion of the Work 452-456 Stela of Eti 457-459 The Twelfth Dynasty 460-750 Chronology of Twelfth Dynasty . . . . . . 460-462 Reign of Amenemhet I 463-497 Inscription of Khnumhotep I 463-465 Hammamat Inscription of Intef 466-468 Inscription of Nessumontu 469-471 Inscription of Korusko 472-473 The Teaching of Amenemhet 474-483 Dedication Inscription 484-485 The Tale of Sinuhe 486-497 Reign of Sesostris I 498-593 The Building Inscription of the Temple of Heliopolis . 498-506 Inscription of Meri 507-509 Wadi Haifa Inscription of Mentuhotep .... 510-514 Inscription of Amenemhet (Ameni) . . . . . 515-523 Stela of Ikudidi 524-528 Inscription of Intef yoker 529 TABLE OF CONTENTS ix §§ Inscriptions of Mentuhotep 530-534 The Contracts of Hepzefi 535~538 I. First Contract 539~543 II. Second Contract 544-548 III. Third Contract 549~553 IV. Fourth Contract S54~558 V. Fifth Contract SS9~567 VI. Sixth Contract 568-571 VII. Seventh Contract ....... 572-575 VIII. Eighth Contract 576-581 IX. Ninth Contract 582-588 X. Tenth Contract 589-593 Reign of Amenemhet II 594-613 Inscription of Simontu 594~598 Inscription of Sihathor ........ 599-605 Sinai Inscription 606 Stela of Khentemsemeti 607-613 Reign of Sesostris II 614-639 Inscription of Hapu 614-618 Inscription of Khnumhotep II 619-639 Reign of Sesostris III 640-748 The Conquest of Nubia 640-672 I. The Canal Inscriptions 642-649 I. First Inscription 643-645 II. Second Inscription 646-648 II. The Elephantine Inscription 649-650 III. The First Semneh Stela 651-652 IV. The Second Semneh Stela 653-660 V. Inscription of Ikhernofret ...... 661-670 VI. Inscription of Sisatet ....... 671-673 See also . 676 fif. and 687 Hammamat Inscription 674-675 Stela of Sebek-Khu, called Zaa 676-687 Inscriptions of Thuthotep 688-706 Hammamat Inscriptions 707-712 Inscriptions of Sinai 7i3~738 I. Wadi Maghara 7^3~7^3 I. Inscriptions of Khenemsu . . . . . 714-716 TABLE OF CONTENTS §§ II. Inscription of Harnakht . . . . . 717-718 III. Inscription of Sebekdidi 719-720 IV. Inscription of Ameni 721-723 II. Sarbiit el-Khadem 724-738 I. Inscription of Sebek-hir-hab .... 725-727 II. Inscription of Ptahwer 728-729 III. Inscription of Amenemhet 730~732 IV. Inscription of Harurre 733~738 Turra Inscription 739-742 Inscription of Sehetepibre 743-748 Reign of Amenemhet IV . 749-750 Kummeh Inscription . . 749 Sinai Inscriptions 750 From the Thirteenth Dynasty to the Hyksos . . 751-787 Reign of Sekhemre-Khutowe -751-752 Records of Nile-Levels 75i~752 Reign of Neferhotep 753~772 Great Abydos Stela . . ' . . . . . . 753-765 Boundary Stela 766-772 Reign of Nubkheprure-Intef 773~78o Coptos Decree 773~78o Reign of Khenzer 781-787 Inscriptions of Ameniseneb 781-787 VOLUME II The Eighteenth Dynasty .... Reign of Ahmose I Biography of Ahmose, Son of Ebana I. Career under Ahmose I (11. 1-24) . II. Career under Amenhotep I (11. 24-29) , III. Career under Thutmose I (11. 29-39) Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet . I. Ahmose's Campaigns [Continued § 40] II. Ahmose's Rewards .... III. Ahmose's Summary .... §§ 1-1043 1-37 1-3 4-16 38-39 78-82 17-25 18-20 21-24 25 TABLE OF CONTENTS xi Quarry Inscription 26-28 Karnak Stela 29-32 Building Inscription 33-37 Reign of Amenhotep I 38-53 Biography of Ahmose, Son of Ebana .... 38-39 II. Career under Amenhotep I (11. 24-29) . . . 38-53 Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet 40-42 Career under Amenhotep I 40-42 Biography of Ineni 43-46 I. Career under Amenhotep I . : . . . 44-46 II. Career under Thutmose I 99-108 III. Career under Thutmose II . . . . . 11 5-1 18 ;|^IV. Career under Thutmose III and Hatshepsut . 340-343 Stela of Harmini 47-48 Stela of Keres 49-52 Reign of Thutmose I 54-114 Coronation Decree 54-60 Biographical Inscription of Thure 61-66 Tombos Stela 67-73 Inscriptions at the First Cataract . . . , . 74-77 I. Sehel Inscription 75 II. Sehel Inscription 76 III. Assuan Inscription 77 Inscription of Ahmose, Son of Ebana .... 78-82 ^ III. Career under Thutmose I (11. 29-39) . . . 78-82 Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet 83-85 Career under Thutmose I 83-85 Karnak Obelisks 86-89 Abydos Stela 90-98 Biography of Ineni 99-108 ^11. Career under Thutmose I (11. 4-14) . . . 99-108 Stela of Yuf 109-114 Reign of Thutmose II 11 5-1 2 7 Biography of Ineni . 11 5-1 18 III. Career under Thutmose II 11 5-1 18 Assuan Inscription 1 19-12 2 Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekbet . . . .' . 123-124 IV. Career under Thutmose II . . . . . 123-124 xii TABLE OF CONTENTS Campaign in Syria 125 The Ebony Shrine of Der el-Bahri 126-127 #JReign of Thutmose III and Hatshepsut .... 128-390 Introduction 128-130 Inscription of the Coronation; Buildings and Offerings 131-166 Semneh Temple Inscriptions 167 I. Renewal of Sesostris Ill's List of Offerings . 168-172 II. Dedication to Dedun and Sesostris III . . 173-176 Biography of Nebwawi * . 177 I. The Statue Inscription 178-183 II. Abydos Stela 184-186 ^The Birth of Queen Hatshepsut 187-191 I. The Council of the Gods 192 II. Interviews Between Amon and Thoth . . . 193-194 HI. Amon with Queen Ahmose 195-198 IV. Interview Between Amon and Khnum . . 199-201 V. Khnum Fashions the Child 202-203 VI. Interview Between Thoth and Queen Ahmose 204 VII. Queen Ahmose is Led to Confinement . . 205 VIII. The Birth 206-207 IX. Presentation of the Child to Amon . . . 208 X. Council of Amon and Hathor .... 209 XL The Nursing of the Child 210 XII. Second Interview of Amon and Thoth . . 211 XIII. The Final Scene 212 Statue of Enebni 213 Vase Inscription 214 C^The Coronation of Queen Hatshepsut . . . . 215 I. The Purification . . . . . . . 216 II. Amon presents the Child to All the Gods . . 217-220 III. The Northern Journey 221-225 IV. Coronation by Atum . . . . . . 226-227 V. Reception of the Crowns and the Names .. . 228-230 VI. Proclamation as King before Amon ... 231 VII. Coronation before the Court 232-239 VIII. Second Purification 240-241 IX. Concluding Ceremonies 242 Southern Pylon Inscription at Karnak .... 243-245 TABLE OF CONTENTS xiii ii J^The Punt Reliefs 246-295 I. Departure of the Fleet 252-253 II. Reception in Punt 254-258 III. The Traffic 259-262 IV. Loading the Vessels 263-265 V. The Return Voyage 266 VI. Presentation of the Tribute to the Queen by the Chiefs of Punt, Irem and Nemyew . . . 267-269 VII. The Queen Ofifers the Gifts to Amon . . . 270-272 VIII. Weighing and Measuring the Gifts to Amon . 273-282 IX. Formal Announcement of the Success of the Expedition before Amon 283-288 X. Formal Announcement of the Success of the Expedition to the Court 289-295 Inscription of the Speos Artemidos 296-303 The Karnak Obelisks 304-307 I. Shaft Inscriptions; Middle Columns . . . 308-311 II. Shaft Inscriptions; Side Columns .... 312-313 III. Base Inscription 314-321 ReHefs of Transportation of ObeHsks . . . . 322 I. Transport 323-329 II. Reception in Thebes 330~335 III. Dedication of the ObeHsks 336 Rock Inscription in Wadi Maghara 337 Building Inscription of Western Thebes .... 338-339 Biography of Ineni 340-343 >IV. Career under Thutmose III and Hatshepsut . 340-343 Biography of Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet 344 Conclusion of Summary 344 Inscriptions of Senmut 345-368 I. Inscriptions on the Karnak Statue . . . 349-358 II. Assuan Inscription 359-362 III. Inscriptions on the Berlin Statue .... 363-368 Inscription of Thutiy 369-378 Inscriptions of Puemre . . . . . . . . 379 I. Statue of Inscription 380-381 II. Tomb Inscriptions 382-387 Inscriptions of Hapuseneb . 388-390 xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS §§ )Pahri, grandson of Ahmose, son of Ebana, was "prince of Esneh (Yny'f), governor of the southern lands {^ h't), satisfying the excellent heart of his lord from the House of Hathor to El Kab:' Tylor, Tomb of Pahri, PI. III. cSee Goodwin, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1872, 21. dHis tomb is the most interesting one at El Kab; see The Tomb of Pahri at El Kab, by Griffith and Tylor, "Eleventh Memoir," of Egyptian Exploration Fund. §5] BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE, SON OF EBANA 5 campaign, with an account of a siege of the city of Hatwaret (ht-w^r't). This can be no other than the city called Avaris by Manetho (Josephus, Contra Apion, 1, 14), where, according to him, the Hyksos make their last stand in Eg3rpt. * It is also mentioned as the residence of the Asiatics (^ ^ mw, § 303, 1. 37) by Hatshepsut, and by a papyrus of the late Nineteenth Dynasty,^ as the residence of an Apophis; so that there is no doubt about the identification with Avaris. The siege, which must have lasted many years, was interrupted by the rebellion of some disaffected noble in Upper Egypt; but the city was finally captured, and the Hyksos, fleeing into Asia, were pursued to the city of Sharuhen (Josh. 19:6). Here they were besieged for six years by Ahmose I, and this stronghold was also captured. It was probably at the conclusion of this siege that Ahmose I pushed northward and invaded Syria, as narrated by Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet (§20), probably still in pursuit of the last remnants of the Hyksos. 5. The king now returned, and carried his army to the other extreme of his domain, invading Nubia. He was recalled from a successful campaign there, to quell two successive rebellions, the last of the internal dissensions which had distracted the country since the fall of the Middle Kingdom. At this point the wars, and probably the reign, of Ahmose I closed, Ahmose, son of Ebana, having gained distinction in all his campaigns. ^According to Egypt Exploration Fund Archceological Report (1900-1901, 13), there is in Cairo a stela containing a reference to this war with the Hyksos, but I have been unable to gain any information concerning it. It is probably § 30. ^Sallier I, 1-3; it contains a folk-tale narrating the cause of the war between a Hyksos king, Apophis in Avaris, and a Sekenenre, who was ruler (hk ^) in Thebes. Unfortunately, only the beginning is preserved. Most of the current translations and interpretations of this document are largely the products of a vivid imagina- tion. 6 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AHMOSE I [^^6 Introductory Address 6. 'Chief of the sailors, Ahmose {Y^h-m^)^ son of Ebana p-ft^-«^), triumphant; "he says: "I will tell you, O all ye people; I will cause you to know the honors which came to me. I was presented with gold seven times ^ in the presence ^of the whole land; male and female slaves likewise. I was endowed with very many fields." The fame of one valiant in his achievements shall not perish ^in this land forever.^ His Youth 7. He speaks as follows: **I spent my youth in the city of Nekheb*^ {NT}h)y my father being an officer of the king of Upper and Lower Egypt, Sekenenre (Sknyn R^-), triumphant, Baba (B^b^), Sson of Royenet, (R^-yn't), was his name. Then I served as an officer in his stead, in the ship 'The Offering' in the time of the Lord of the Two Lands, Nebpehtire (Nb-phty-R^y Ahmose I), triumphant, ^while I was (still) young, not having taken a wife,^ and while I was still sleeping in the r — 1 garment.^ Then after I set up a household, I was trans- ferred 'to the northern fleet, because of my valor. I followed the king on foot^ when he rode abroad in his ^chariot. Campaign against the Hyksos; Siege oj Avaris 8. One besieged the city of Avaris (Ht-w^r't); I showed valor on foot^ before his majesty; then I was appointed ^to (the ship) 'Shining- in-Memphis.'^ ^Ahmose has recorded elsewhere in his tomb (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 12, c) a list of the gifts he received, making a total of 9 men and 10 women; the total of land is lost. This does not agree with his narrative, which does not summarize, but in different gifts mentions in all 9 men and 7 women received from the king, and 8 men and 7 women captured. ^This last statement is probably a proverbial phrase ; see Spiegelberg, Recueil, XXVI, 41, 42. cEl Kab. ^See Muller, Liebespoesie, 3. ^This is, of course, some garment worn by a youth; cf. the girdle of Uni's youth (I, 294, 1. i). ^Lit., "on my two feet;" this is emphasized as land service, Ahmose being a naval ofl5cer. gReward after the first battle at Avaris. § 12] BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE, SON OF EBANA 7 Second Battle oj Avaris 9. One fought on the water in the canal: Pezedku (P^-ddkw) of Avaris. Then I fought hand to hand, ^°I brought away a hand.* It was reported to the royal herald. One gave to me the gold of valor.^ Third Battle of Avaris 10. Then there was again fighting in this place; I again fought hand to hand "there; I brought away a hand. One gave to me the gold of braverv in the second place. ^ First Rebellion, Interrupting Siege of Avaris 11. One fought in this Egypt,*^ south of this city; ^"then I brought away a living captive, a man; I descended into the water; behold, he was brought^ as a seizure upon the road of this ^3city,e (ralthough"") I crossed with him over the water. It was announced to the royal herald. Then one presented^ me with gold in double measure .^^ Capture of Avaris 12. One ^^captured Avaris; I took captive there one man and three women, total four heads, his majesty gave them to me for slaves.^ ^Cut ofif as a trophy, from a slain enemy. ^Reward after the second battle. ^Reward after the third battle. dThere can be no doubt that the word {km't) means here, as always elsewhere, *^ Egypt;" ^'this city" is then EI Kab, for the word "south" is an adjective femi- nine agreeing with "Egypt." The phrase can only be translated into a language like Greek or German, thus: "in diesem siidlich von dieser Stadt befindlichen Aegypten." The siege of Avaris is therefore interrupted by a rebellion in upper Egypt, similar to the two later ones (§§15, 16), and for this reason the narrative particularly specifies "this Egypt, south, etc." See also § 13, 1. 15. ^Contrast with this the two men "captured as a seizure upon the ship 0} the enemy" (1. 21). There is no ground for the fanciful rendering, indicating that he lost his way ! Ahmose means that, although obliged to descend to and cross over the water (of some canal) with his prisoner, he brought him away as safely as one seized upon the road of the city. ^Read hr for myk (confusion from hieratic ?), as in 1. 28. gReward after the fourth battle. ^Reward after the fifth battle; apparently Avaris was captured on the fourth assault; but these brief references to fighting may each one indicate a whole season of the siege, which would then have lasted four years, as that of Sharuhen lasted six. See § 13. 8 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AHMOSE I [§13 Siege of Sharuhen 13. ^sQne besieged Sharuhen* (S^-r^-h^-n^) for 6 years,^ (and) his majesty took it. Then I took captive there two women and one hand. ^^One gave me the gold of bravery, rbesidesi giving me the captives for slaves. Campaign against Nubia 14. Now, after his majesty had slain the Asiatics (Mntyw Stt), ^"^he ascended the river to Khenthennofer (Hnt-hn-nfr), to destroy the Nubian Troglodytes;^ his majesty made a great slaughter among them. '^Then I took captive there, two living men, and three hands. One presented me with gold in double measure, rbesidesi giving to me two female slaves.'^ ^^His majesty sailed down-stream, his heart joyous with the might of victory, (for) he had seized Southerners and North- erners. Second Rebellion 15. 2°There came an enemy of the South; his fate, his destruction approached; the gods of the South seized him, and his majesty found him in Tintto-emu {Tynt-t^-^mw).^ His majesty carried him off *^a living prisoner, and all his people carried captive. I carried away two aCf. Josh. 19:6. ^Lepsius, Denkmdler, has "5," which has been generally accepted; Cham- pollion's text and Brugsch's translation have "6." I repeatedly examined the squeeze for this point with especial care; it has a clear "6." The correctness of the rendering "for 6 years" rather than "in the year 6" has been clearly demon- strated by Piehl {Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archeology, XV, 258). Another proof is that m, the preposition here, is used all through the Beknekhonsu inscription (Munich) for "during" or "for" a period of years. This throws a new light on the whole Asiatic campaign, for the stubbornness of the besieged and the persistence of Ahmose are almost certainly an indication that the siege is an exten- sion of the campaign against the Hyksos, who, having retreated to Sharuhen, are here making their last stand. We may suppose, therefore, that the siege of Avaris itself also lasted many years, allowing opportunity for a rebellion in Upper Egypt. See § II, 1. II. cCf. Miiller, Asien und Europa, 21. ^These slaves being women, are not the two captives just taken, as the trans- lations of Renouf and Petrie indicate. ^Lit., "She of the land of the water-supply" (^-mWy "water-supply," occurs at Siut, I, 407, 1. 6, and in Rekhmire, § 698, 1. 25); possibly the district of the first cataract is meant, as the rebellion was in the South. The name is elsewhere unknown. § 17] BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET archers^ as a seizure in the ship of the enemy ;^ one '^gave to me five heads besides pieces of land (amounting to) five stat (st^'t)^ in my city.^ It was done to all the sailors likewise. Third Rebellion i6. Then came that fallen one,^ 23whose name was Teti-en (Tty-^ n) f he had gathered to himself rebels. ^^ His majesty slew him and his servants,^ annihilating^ them. There were given ^^to me three heads, and fields (amounting to) five statJ in my city. , [Continued §§38 ff.] BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET 17. This El Kab nobleman, like Ahmose, son of Ebana (§§i-i6), served under the first kings of the Eighteenth Dynasty, but he lived to a greater age. Beginning his career under Ahmose I, he continued under Amenhotep I, Thutmose I, II, and III, and died enjoying the favor of Thutmose III and Hatshepsut. He has separated his ^This hitherto uncertain word (myg^) is rendered tolerably certain by a scene in the tomb of Harmhab {Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, V, PI. Ill, foil. p. 434; see also 420), where it bears the determinative of shooting, and stands over a man with a bow, with the title ^^ chief archer {myg =) of his majesty.'* ^The determinative indicates an enemy, not a proper name, but the meaning of the word {^^t^) is unknown. The rendering "fievreux" from Chabas is based on an impossible etymology. See Piehl, Sphinx, III, 11. cA land measure containing about seven-tenths acres, here in apposition with *^ pieces of land" ^El Kab. ^TeiTji of contempt for a foe. ^ There is no reason for supposing that this is not the rebel's real name. On the contrary, this very name was especially common at this period; see the ushebtis published by Borchardt {Zeitschrift fiir agyptische Sprache, 32, pp. 113 f.). gLit., *'the wicked of heart.'* ^Written femimne(!) in the text. ^Lit., *^as that which exists not." JA land measure containing about seven-tenths of an acre, here in apposition with ^^ pieces of land." lo EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AHMOSE I [§ i8 biography into three parts: his campaigns,* his rewards,^ and a summary. *= I. AHMOSE^S CAMPAIGNS^ [Continued §40] 18. He enumerates his campaigns and his captures under Ahmose I, Amenhotep I, Thutmose I and II. /. Career under Ahmose I 19. His meager reference to a campaign of Ahmose I in Zahi is our sole source of knowledge for that event. It probably followed the capture of Sharuhen. Campaign in Syria 20. 'Hereditary prince, count, wearer of the royal seal,® chief treasurer, herald ^of his Lord,^ — \ ^^Ahmose, called Pen-Nekhbet {Pn-Nlfb't), triumphant; he says: **I followed King Nebpehtire {Nh- phty-R ^, Ahmose I), triumphant, ^i captured for him in Zahi {D ^-hy) a living prisoner and a hand." [Continued §40] ^Campaigns, three originals: (i) statue-base belonging to Mr. Finlay, Zeit- schrift filr dgyptische Sprache, 1883, 77, 78; (2) statue-base in the Louvre, Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XIV A; Prisse, Monuments egyptiens, IV; (3) Ahmose's tomb-wall at El Kab, Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 43, a (lower left- hand corner), and Sethe, Unterstichungeny I, 85. All sources have been collated. ^Rewards, two originals: (i) statue-base belonging to Mr. Finlay, Zeitschrift fur dgyptische Sprache, 1883, 78; (2) statue-base in the Louvre, Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XIV B; Prisse, Monuments egyptiens, IV. cSummary, Ahmose's tomb-wall in El Kab, Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 43, a, 11. 10-20; Sethe, Untersuchungen, I, 85, corrected and revised; and partially, Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, IV, 46, dThe translation of the campaigns is distributed under the different reigns, under which he Uved, because they furnish very important historical events, but his rewards and the summary, being more purely personal, are given in this reign. «A11 except the Finlay text insert other titles here, but, except the first, "sole companion," they are illegible. ^All the other texts have whm kf^, which would mean *^ repeating captures.^* This unusual title was also in the rewards (1. 4). slines numbered from the Finlay statue text. §25] BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET ii II. ahmose's rewards 21. ' » 3 4. . .a Ahmose, called Pen-Nekhbet; he says: "By the ^sovereign, who lives forever! I was not separated from the king upon the battlefield, from (the time of) ^King Neb- pehtire (Ahmose I), triumphant, to Kin^ Okhepernere (Thutmose II), triumphant; I was in the favor ^of the king's presence, until King Menkheperre (Thutmose III), living forever.^ 22. King Zeserkere (Amenhotep I), triumphant, gave to me, ^of gold: two bracelets, two necklaces, an armlet, a dagger, a headdress, a fan, and a mekhtebet. 23. 9King Okheperkere (Thutmose I), triumphant, gave to me, of gold: two bracelets, four necklaces, one armlet, six flies, ^ ^°three Uons;^ two golden axes. 24. King Okhepernere (Thutmose II),® triumphant, gave to me of gold: three bracelets, six necklaces, three armlets, a mekhtebet; a silver axe." ni. ahmose's summary* 25. ^°«^He says, "I followed the Kings "of Upper and Lower Egypt, the gods; I was with "their majesties when they went to the South and North country, in every place where they went; [from] '^King Nebpehtire (Ahmose I), triumphant, King Zeserkere (Amenhotep I) [triumphant], King ^^Okheperkere (Thutmose I), triumphant. King ^Unimportant titles of Ahmose (see § 20, 1. i) very fragmentary; lines are numbered according to text in Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden. ^This phrase shows that Thutmose III is still alive at this time, but Ahmose is now too old to be '^upon the battlefield,'* under him. cThese are golden flies, like those among Ahhotep's jewelry at Cairo. They were a decoration of honor. The word has been mistranslated "helmets." See Breasted, Proceedings of the Society 0} Biblical Arch(Bology, 1900, pp. 94, 95. dCf. inscription of Amenemhab, § 585. ^Finlay text, according to Masp)ero's copy, has Thutmose I; corrected by Mas- pero. Struggle of the Nations, 239, n. i, as above. f Ahmose's tomb-wall in El Kab; published by Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 43, a, 11. 10-20; ibid., Text, IV, 46; Sethe, Unterstcchungen, I, 85, corrected and revised, most of the lacunae restored from Lepsius' papers and his squeeze. gThe summary does not begin until 1. 10; 11. i and 2 contain an adoration of Re by Ahmose, and his titles occupy 11. 3-9. These 9 lines lack half their length. 12 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AHMOSE I [§26 Okhepernere (Thutmose II), triumphant, until this Good God, King Menkheperre (Thutmose III) ^swho is given hfe forever.* I have attained a good old age, having ^%ad a life^ of royal favor, having had^ honor under their majesties and the love of me having been in the court." [Concluded in § 344] QUARRY INSCRIPTION^ 26. The inscription records the work of Neferperet, an official of Ahmose I, who, in the latter's twenty-second year, took out stone from the Ma ^ sara quarry, for the temples of Ptah and of Amon. The inscription is important, because it is the last dated document of Ahmose I, because it records the first resumption of building after the expulsion of the Hyksos, and for its reference to the Fenkhu, whose cattle were captured on some Asiatic campaign. Above, in a position of significant prominence in the queen's case, are the names and titles of Ahmose I, and his queen, Ahmose-Nefretiri {Y^h-ms^ nfr't-yry). 27. 'Year 22 under the majesty of the king. Son of Re, Ahmose, who is given life. ^The quarry-chambers were opened a[ne]w; good limestone ^of Ayan (^ nw) was taken out for his temples of myriads of [years],^ the temple of Ptah, the temple of Amon in southern Opet (Yp't, Luxor), and all the monuments which his majesty made ^for himi. *This phrase after Thutmose Ill's name shows that he was living at the time of this inscription; all the others were at this time "triumphant" (deceased). Hence Ahmose, now an old man, died under Thutmose III. ^Lit., "having been in a life" and "having been in honor." cQn the wall of the limestone quarry of Ma ^ sara, just southeast of Cairo. Published by Vyse, Operations, III, 99; Young, Hieroglyphics, 88; Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 3, a = ChampoUion, Notices descriptives, II, 488 = Rosellini, Monu- menti Storici, I, 15; and Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 3, b; the text of the last is the same as the preceding, but it represents a second inscription. Both are badly broken, but they supplement each other, so that practically nothing is lost. dA conventional phrase applied to all temples, and referring, of course, to their durability. §31] KARNAK STELA 13 The stone was dragged with oxen^ which his m[ajesty] captured [in his] victories [among]^ the Fenkhu (Fnhw). 28. The assistant, the hereditary prince , ryigilanti^ one of the Lord of the Two Lands in restoring the monuments of efternity"'], greatly [satisfying] the heart of the Good God; the wearer of the royal seal, sole companion, chief treasurer, Neferperet (Njr-pr't), KARNAK STELAd 29. Among Ahmose's pious works for the temples was the restoration of the furniture, utensils, and the like, be- longing to the ritual of the Karnak temple of Amon. He recorded this work upon a splendid stela, containing thirty- two lines of inscription, of which only the last six are devoted to the record of his benefactions, while the other twenty-six contain only conventional eulogy of himself. In the course of this tedious succession of phrases, there is a vague refer- ence to his wars: 30. The Asiatics approach with fearful step together, standing at his judgment-hall; his sword is in Khenthennofer, his terror is in the Fenkhu-lands, the fear of his majesty is in this land like Min (1. 12). 31. He was thus as much feared in Egypt as in Nubia or Asia. The introduction closes with the names of Ahmose I and the queen Ahhotep, after which follows the record of the work in Karnak (11. 27-32): i ^It is not the Fenkhu themselves who are employed in the quarry (as some- times stated, e. g., Maspero, Struggle of the Nations, 93; also Petrie, History of Egypt, II, 36), but only the oxen captured. •^The horizontal lines in Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, a, 1. 5, indicate an m^ "in," or "among;" indeed, the entire phrase, "which his majesty captured in his victories in — ," is so common that the restorations are probable. <^[Rs]-d^d^, lit., "of watchful head." ^A white limestone stela over 7^ feet high and nearly 3 J feet wide; found by Legrain by Pylon VII at Karnak. It was below the pavement of Thutmose III, and had been buried before Ikhnaton's time. Published in Annales, IV, 27-29. 14 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AHMOSE I [§32 32. Now, his majesty commanded to make monuments for his father Amon-Re, being: great chaplets of gold with rosettes of genuine lapis lazuli; seals^ of gold; large vases (hs't) of gold; jars {nms't) and vases (hs't) of silver; tables (wdh'w) of gold, offering-tables (dbh'i htp) of gold and silver; necklaces of gold and silver combined with lapis lazuli and malachite; a drinking- vessel for the ka, of gold, its standard of silver; a drinking- vessel for the ka, of silver rimmed with gold, its standard of silver; a flat dish (tnyw) of gold; jars (nms't) of pink granite, filled with ointment ; great pails (wlimw)^ of silver rimmed with gold, the fhandlesi] thereon of silver; a harp of ebony, ^ of gold and silver; sphinxes of silver; a"" — i^ with gold; abargeof the ''Begin- ning-of-the-River " called "Userhetamon,"^ of new cedar of the best of the terraces, in order to make his voyage IJthereini]. I erected columns of ""cedar "• likewise; I gave . BUILDING INSCRIPTION^ 33. This document discloses to us the name of the mother of Ahmose I's father and mother. She was a queen Teti- sheri, and although she is called a ^^ khig' s-mother and great king^s-wije,^^ she is not designated as king's daughter. She was doubtless the wife of the last Sekenenre, and her daughter Ahmose I's mother, was, of course, the famous Queen Ahhotep. The latter's brother-husband, the father of Ahmose I, was probably Kemose. aOr: "seal rings." l^These are the ceremonial pails with bucket handles, swelling or bulbous below, with more or less pointed bottom. Schaefer calls my attention to the example on the Ethiopian stela in the Louvre, 1. 11 {Zeitschrift fur dgyptische Sprache, 1895, PI. V). There are many examples in bronze in the museums. cl suspect that a word has been omitted at this point, as the repetition of the preposition indicates. ^!^pt, Schaefer suggests the spd which appears in the Mentuhotep cofl5n at Berlin. ^Meaning "mighty is the front of Amon." This is the usual name of the sacred barge of Amon. f Stela about 6^ feet high and 3 feet wide, found by Petrie at Abydos; pub- lished by him in Abydos, III, PI. LII. § 36] BUILDING INSCRIPTION 15 The inscription is so picturesque, and unconventional in form, as to be unique. In content it records the king's determination to erect further mortuary buildings for his grandmother. Queen Tetisheri. Introduction 34. ^Now, it came to pass that his majesty sat in the audience-hall, (even) the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Nebpehtire, Son of Re, Ahmose (I), given life; =^ while the hereditary princess, great in favor, great in amiabihty, king's-daughter, king's-sister, divine consort, great king's-wife, Ahmose-Nefretiri, who liveth, was with his majesty. The Conversation 35. One spoke ^with the other, seeking benefactions for* the departed (dead), to present libations of water, to offer upon the altar, ^to enrich the offering-tablet at the first of every season, at the monthly feast of the first of the month, the feast of the coming forth of the sem, sthe feast of the night-offerings on the fifth of the month, the feast of the sixth of the month, the feast of Hakro^ (H^k-r^), the feast of Wag (W^g), the feast of Thoth, and at the first ^of every season of heaven, and of earth. His sister spake and answered him: "Wherefore has this been remembered? ^And why has this word been spoken? What has come into thy heart ?" Ahmose' s Purpose 36. The king himself spake to her: "I, ^t is, who have remembered the mother of my mother, and the mother of my father, great king's- wife and king's-mother, Tetisheri {Tty-iry)^ triumphant. ^(Although) she already has a tomb {y§) and a mortuary chapel '^ (m^h^'t) on the soil of Thebes and Abydos, I have said this to thee, in that ^°my majesty has desired to have made for her (also) a pyramid and a house (ht) in *The negative « is to be read as the preposition n; see the converse confusion in 1. 14, ^The r ^ has been overlooked in the publication ? ^Lit., "Her tomb and her chapel are at this moment {m ty (sic!) *t) on the soil, etc." I can only understand this clause as concessive, and that the new buildings planned by Ahmose are in addition to the ones in 1. 9. i6 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AHMOSE I [§37 Tazeser, as a monumental donation of my majesty. Its lake shall be dug, its trees shall be planted, "its offerings shall be founded, equipped with people, endowed with lands, presented '*with herds, mortuary priests and ritual priests having their duties, every man knowing his stipulation." 37. ^^Lo, his majesty spake this word, while this was in process of tonstruction. His majesty did ^^this because he so greatly loved her, beyond everything. Never did former kings the like of it for 'stheir mothers. Lo, his majesty extended his arm, and bent his hand;^ he pronounced for her a mortuary prayer ^ ^A posture of prayer. ^Here follow three fragmentary lines, giving the names of the gods appealed to, and the usual objects in such an ofifering. REIGN OF AMENHOTEP I BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE, SON OF EBANA^ [LI. 24-29, continued from § 16; concluded §§ 78 ff.] II. CAREER UNDER AMENHOTEP I 38. Under this king Ahmose commands the royal trans- ports in a campaign against Kush. The enemy is defeated, Ahmose fighting at the head of the Egyptian troops. He brings the king back to Egypt in two days, and is given ^^the gold,^^ and a title of honor: ^^ Warrior of the Ruler. ^^ The campaign extended to the Middle Kingdom frontier, for a rock inscription of Amenhotep's eighth year has been found on the island of Uronarti, just below Semneh.^ 39. I sailed the King Zeserkere (JD^r-k^-R^, Amenhotep I), tri- umphant, when he ascended the river to Kush (KS), in order to extend ^sthe borders of Egypt. His majesty captured that Nubian Troglodyte in the midst of his army, who were brought away as prisoners, none of them missing. ^ 1 thrust *^aside*^ like those who are annihilated. Meanwhile I was at the head of our^ army; I fought incredibly;^ his majesty beheld my bravery. I brought off two hands, ^^and took (them) to his majesty. One pursued his people and his cattle. Then I brought off a living prisoner, and took (him) to his majesty. I brought his majesty in two days to ^Bibliography, etc., p. 3, n. a. ^Steindorff, Berichte der Philologisch-historischen Classe der Koniglichen S&chsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaft, Leipzig, Sitzung vom 18. Juni, 1900, P- 233- cSame phrase, Tombos Inscription (§ 71, 1. 7). dThis and § 81 are the only places in all the historical texts of Egypt, where "our troops" are spoken of. It is a real touch of patriotism. ®Lit., "7 fought more than what is triie." 17 i8 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP I [§40 Egypt *%om the upper well;^ one presented me with gold. Then I brought away two female slaves, in addition to those which I had taken *9to his majesty. One appointed me 'Warrior of the Ruler.' BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET^ [Continued from § 20; continued §§83 ff., and 344] II. CAREER UNDER AMENHOTEP I 40. Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet accompanied the king on two campaigns: one against the Nubians, of which we have a fuller account in the biography of Ahmose, son of Ebana (§39); and the other against the Libyans; this biography being our only source for this war of Amenhotep I in Libya. For his valor on these occasions he was rewarded by the king. Campaign in Kush 41. I ^followed King Zeserkere (DSr-k^-R^, Amenhotep I), tri- umphant; I captured for him ^in Kush, a living prisoner. Campaign in Libya 42. Again I served for King Zeserkere, triumphant; ^I captured for him on the north of Imukehek (Y^ mw-khk), three hands. [Continued §§ 83 ff., and 344] BIOGRAPHY OF INENI^ 43. This official served under four kings: Amenhotep I, Thutmose I, Thutmose II, and Thutmose III, reigning with ain view of Amenhotep I's inscription at the second cataract, we are probably correct in concluding that the second cataract is meant here. ^Bibliography on p. 10, n. a. cFrom a Theban tomb at Abd el-Kurna, first noted by Champollion {Notices descriptives, I, 492-94), and then by Brugsch, who published some fragments {Recueil de monuments, I, 36, 1-3, tree list, etc., and Pi. 65, 4-5); also Piehl. Inscriptions, I, Pis. 129 Q-130 and pp. 105, 106. The long text is found in Reciieil, §44] BIOGRAPHY OF INENI 19 Hatshepsut. He evidently died under this joint reign; his biography was composed at this time, and is the most impor- tant of all sources for the history of the succession of the Thutmosids. Ineni was: Hereditary prince, count, chief of all works in Karnak; the double silver-house was under his charge; the double gold-house was on his seal; sealer of all contracts in the House of Amon; excellency, over- seer of the double granary of Amon.* These offices brought him the superintendence of many of the most important works executed in Thebes by the kings whom he served. His career is divided as follows: I. Career under Amenhotep I (§§44-46). n. Career under Thutmose I (§§99-108). ni. Career under Thutmose II (§§ 11 5-1 8). IV. Career under Thutmose III and Hatshepsut (§§ 340- 43)- I. CAREER UNDER AMENHOTEP I 44. The beginning, containing the name of the king, is lost, and the narrative begins in the middle of the account of a building probably Amenhotep I's gate on the south of the Karnak temple, found below the later pavement, of which the two dedications read:^ I. "Amenhotep I; he made (it) as his monument for his father Amon, lord of Thebes (ns'wt-t ^ wy), erecting for him a great gate of 20 cubits (in height) at the double fafade of the temple, of fine limestone of Ayan, which the Son of Re, Amenhotep, living forever, made for him." XII, 106, 107, where it is inaccurately published by Bouriant. (See also, ibid., XIV, 73, 74.) The first "7 or 8 lines" are wanting, according to Bouriant, and also the ends of the first 14 remaining lines; following these are 6 complete lines. The wall scenes and plans of the tomb (also the long inscription) have been pub- lished by an architect, H. Boussac {Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, XVIII). To the Egyptologist the publication is little more than worthless, and the work must be done again. But the long inscription has now disappeared. *One of Boussac's plates; he has not numbered them! ^Legrain, Annates, IV, 15 ff. 20 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP I [§45 2. [Amenhotep I]; ^ building his house, establishing his temple, erecting the southern gate, made high, even 20 cubits, of fine white limestone ; — . It is important to note that this gate was erected in cele- bration of the king's first Sed Jubilee. Turning again to Ineni, his inscription begins: Buildings^ 45. 'Hatnub (Ht-nb), its doors were erected of copper made in one sheet; the parts thereof were of electrum. I inspected that which his majesty made ^bronze, Asiatic copper, collars, vessels, necklaces. I was foreman of every work, all offices were under my command. ^at the feasts of the beginning of the seasons; likewise for his father Amon, lord of Thebes; they were under my control. Inspection was made for me, I was the reckoner. 4r_i. Death oj Amenhotep I 46. His majesty having spent life in happiness and the years in peace, went forth to heaven; he joined the sun, he associated (with him) and went forth . [Continued §§99-108] STELA OF HARMINI^ 47. Harmini (hr-myny) prefixes no other title to his name than ^^ scribe, ^^ but he was no less a man than the chief magistrate of Nekhen-Hieraconpolis. This impor- ^As in the first, as far as " Thebes.^* ^Possibly also the mortuary temple of Amenhotep I, found by Spiegelberg in 1896 at Drah abu-'n-Neggah on the west side at Thebes (see Spiegelberg, Zwei Beitrdge zur Geschichte und Topographic der thebanischen Nekropolis im Neuen Reich (Strassburg, 1898; and Sethe, Gotting'sche Gelehrie Anzeigen, 1902, No. i, 29-31), The temple is referred to as ^^ House of Zeserkere {Amenhotep I) on the west of Thebes" (Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 238). See also Sethe, loc. cit., 30. cMortuary stela of unknown provenience (probably Abydos), now in the Florence Museum, No. 1567; published in Catalogue, 288-90; Piehl, Recueil, II, 122-24. I had also my own photograph of the original. §49] STELA OF KERES 21 tant post on the original Nubian frontier either resulted in his promotion to the governorship of Wawat in lower Nubia, or his Nekhen appointment involved jurisdiction in Wawat, in view of the fact that earlier Nubia began in the vicinity of Nekhen. In any case, he had charge of the ^^trihute^^ from Wawat, which was later in the hands of the ^^king's-son 0} Kush^^ (§§ 1034 ff.). Although the inscription mentions no king, it clearly belongs to the Eighteenth Dynasty before the first appointment of a ^^ governor of the south countries, and king^s-son of Kush,^^ by Thutmose I (§§6i ff.). Hence we are not far wrong in placing it under Amenhotep I, though Harmini must of course have served under Ahmose I, also. 48. After the usual mortuary prayer, the inscription continues, in Harmini' s own words: I passed many years as mayor (h^ty-^) of Nekhen (Hieraconpolis). I brought in its tribute to the Lord of the Two Lands; I was praised, and no occasion was found against me. I attained old age in Wawat, being a favorite of my lord. I went north with its tribute for the king, each year; I came forth thence justified; there was not found a balance against me. STELA OF KERES* 49. Keres, like his contemporary, Yuf (§§ 109 ff.), was in the service of one of the queen-mothers. The question arises here whether the ^^king's-mother Ahhotep,^^ whom Keres served, was Ahhotep (II), wife of Amenhotep I, in whose tenth year her command was issued, or Ahhotep (I), mother of King Ahmose. As Ahhotep II was never the mother of a king, it must have been Ahhotep I, who had a tomb ^Limestone stela, 0.82 m. high, from Drah abu-'n-Neggah, now in Cairo, without a number. Published by Bouriant, Rectteil, IX, 94 f., No. 74 (his text is excessively incorrect); much better by Piehl, Zeitschrift fur agyptische Sprache, 1888, 117!. I am also indebted to Schaefer for a carefully collated copy made from the original. 22 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP I [§50 erected at Abydos for Keres. We thus see this queen, from whom the Eighteenth Dynasty sprang, still living in the tenth year of the second king of the dynasty. so. Keres, who was her herald, has not only preserved for us the old queen's command, honoring him with a tomb and a statue at Abvdos, but has also added a loose enumera- tion of his duties as her herald, which resembles that of the herald, Intef (§§763-71). 51. ^Year 10, first month of the third season (ninth month), first day, under the majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt: Zeser- kere, Son of Re, of his body: Amenhotep (I), beloved of Osiris, given life. $2. ^Command of the king's-mother to the hereditary prince, count, wearer of the royal seal, sole companion, overseer of the gold-house, overseer of the silver-house, chief steward of the king's-mother, 3 Ahhotep, who liveth ; the herald {whm ' w) , Keres {K ^ rs) . The king's- mother has commanded to have made for thee a tomb ^at the stairway of the great god, lord of Abydos, confirming thy every office and every favor. There shall be made for thee thy ^statues, abiding in the temple, among the followers of ^ their virtues in writing "^in .^ There shall be made for thee mortuary offerings {htp dy stny), as the king's-wife does for the one whom she has loved, for the hereditary prince, count, wearer of the royal seal, the steward, the herald, Keres (Krs), only favorite united ^with the limbs of Sekhmet, following his queen (hnw't) at her going. He •" — "• before the people, the real Tconfi- danti of his queen, to- whom secret things are told, ^'"experienced'' in the plans of his queen, transmitting affairs to the palace, finding ^solutions, making agreeable unpleasant matters, one upon whose word his queen depends, approaching the truth, knowing the affairs of the mind, profitable in speech to his queen, ^°great in respect in the house of the king's-mother, weighty in affairs, excellent in speech, secretive in mind, administering the palace, "sealing (his) mouth concerning that which he hears, official who solves knotty problems, chief steward, Keres (Krs), vigilant administrator for the king's-mother, "not more lax^ by night than by day, the herald, Keres (Krs). aCut out. bRead wsf. § 53] STELA OF KERES 23 53. He says: "O ye mayors, scribes, ritual priests, ^^attendants, citizens (^ nh'w) of the army, as your city-gods favor you, and love you, as ye would bequeath your office (s) to your children ^^after old age; verily so shall ye say: 'An offering which the king gives; ,^ king, of the two lofty plumes, lord of Ufe, giver of that which is desired, ^5lord of burial after old age. May he give bread, beer, oxen, geese, everything good and pure, that comes forth upon the table of ^^the All Lord, for the ka of ^ Keres, a man of truth, before the Two Lands, really honest, free ^'from lying, r — "> in deciding matters, pro- tecting the weak, defending him who is without ^%im (sic!), sending forth two men, reconciled by the utterance of his mouth, accurate like a pair of balances, ^^the like fof Thothi] in r — "• the name, inclining the heart to hear matters, the likeness of a god in his hour, real rconfidant^ "°of his queen, whom the queen of the Two Lands has advanced. . . . Keres." ^Name of Amon cut out in time of Ikhnaton. ^His titles. REIGN OF THUTMOSE I CORONATION DECREE^ 54. This unique document is a royal decree issued on the king^s coronation day to the viceroy of Nubia, Thure, in- forming him of the king's accession, fixing the full titulary, the royal name to be used in offering oblations, and the royal name to be used in the oath. Thure's official residence was doubtless Elephantine, for he is charged to offer obla- tions to the gods of that city, and it was he who put up the records of Thutmose I's return from his Nubian campaign, at the first cataract (§§ 74 ff.). He then caused the decree to be cut on stelae and set up in Wadi Haifa, ^ Kubban, and probably also Elephantine. Superscription 55. Royal *^ command to the king's-son, the governor of the south countries, Thure (Tw-r^) triumphant. Announcement oj Accession Behold, there is brought to thee this [command]^ of the^ king in order to inform thee that my majesty has appeared^ as King of Upper *In two copies: (i) a sandstone ( ?) stela, 72 by 84 cm., found at Wadi Haifa, now in Cairo, published from a copy of Brugsch by Erman {Zeitschrift fiir dgyp- tische Sprache, 29, ii7=Erman, Aegyptische Grammatik, 37*-38*); (2) a sand- stone stela, 67 by 76 cm., found by Borchardt at Kubban (Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 36, 26, n. i), now in Berlin (No. 13725, Ausfuhrliches Verzeichniss des Berliner Museums, 131), unpublished. The beginning is lost on the Cairo stela, and the end on the Berlin stela; the two thus furnish a practically complete text. The relief at the top is lost on both. I used my own copy of the Berlin text. ^Not Elephantine, as stated {Zeitschrijt fiir dgyptische Sprache, 29, 117). See ibid., 36, 3, n. i. cSee the similar introduction to Pepi II's letter to Harkhuf (I, 351, 1. 2). •^Supplied from the Story of Sinuhe, 180, 181. ^Lit., "dawned;" the same word is used for the rising sun, and is transferred without change to the king. It is regularly used also of his appearance in public. 24 §6o] CORONATION DECREE 25 and Lower Egypt upon the Horus-throne of the living, without his Uke forever. Titulary 56. Make my titulary as follows: Horus:^ "Mighty Bull, Beloved of Mat;" Favorite of the Two Goddesses:* "Shining in the Serpent-diadem, Great in Strength;" Golden Horus:* "Goodly in Years, Making Hearts Live;" Kling of Upper and Lower Egypt:* "Okheperkere;" Son of Re:* "[Thutmose], Living forever, and ever." Name to he Used in the Cultus 57. Cause thou oblations to be offered to the gods of Elephantine of the South,^ as follows:*^ "Performance of the pleasing ceremonies'^ on behalf of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Okheperkere, who is given life." Name to he Used in the Oath 58. Cause thou that the oath be established in the name of my majesty, born of the king's-mother, Seniseneb, who is in health. Conclusion 59. This is a communication to inform thee of it; and of the fact that the royal house is well and prosperous . Date 60. Year i, third month of the second season (seventh month) twenty-first day; the day of the feast of coronation. ^These five titles are common to all Middle Kingdom and Empire kings; only the names following each title are individual. ^Cf. Erman {Zeitschrift fur dgyptische Sprache, 29, 117). 'cThis preposition (w) introduces the title or designation of the ceremony of presenting oblations by the priest on the king's behalf. dLit., ''doing of the pleasing things." ^ 26 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE I [§6i ^■^^^■^^■^ '■ ■■' I — II.— ■■■ ■ I I »» 11 I I I I— M ■■ I .III I II I y ■ ■ ■ ■ .■■■III ^^M— ^ , BIOGRAPHICAL INSCRIPTION OF THURE^ 6i. In this inscription the name of the author is lost. He served under Ahmose, Amenhotep I, Thutmose I, by whom he was appointed viceroy of Kush (1. 6), Thutmose II, and Thutmose III (1. 14, note). He is supposed by Brugsch {Egypt under the Pharaohs, 135), and by Maspero {Struggle of the Nations, 230, n. 2) to be the same as Nehi, the viceroy of Kush, who also served under Thutmose III, and has also placed his inscription on the facade of the Semneh temple (§§651 ff.). Now, Nehi was still in office in Thutmose Ill's fifty-second year, and if he began his official career under Ahmose, he would have been over 117 years old^ at that time! The identity with Nehi, which was at best an assumption, is therefore impossible. Another identification is, however, certain. This unknown was appointed viceroy of Kush by Thutmose I, at whose accession he was in his prime. He is therefore the same as the viceroy, Thure, whom we find at Elephantine in Thutmose I's first year (§ 55), being the earliest viceroy of Kush whom we know. That he survived into Thutmose Ill's reign is shown by a tomb at Silsileh, where he is mentioned under Hatshepsut.*^ Service under Ahmose I 62. ^ under the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Neb- pehtire (Ahmose I) ; he made me overseer of the — ^ of very good character in his heart, not careless in — ^ his court. a^Inscribed on the south wall (facade) of Thutmose Ill's Semneh temple; text: Young, Hieroglyphics, 91; Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 47, c. The upper half of all the lines has been cut away for a later relief of Thutmose III. I am indebted to Steindorff for the use of his collation of the original. ^If he was 25 at Ahmose I's death, we must then add 10 for Amenhotep I, 30 for Thutmose I, and 51 for Thutmose III — a total of 117 years. cGriflSth, Proceedings of the Society of Biblical ArchcBology, XII, 104. See also note on 1. 14 in the translation, infra. §67] TOMBOS STELA 27 Service under Amenhotep I 63. Favor was repeated by his son, King of Upper and Lower Egypt [Zeserkejre (Amenhotep I) 4 the granary of Amon, to conduct the works in Karnak s pi didi] for him the excellent things of (his) ^ heart ; he favored me for doing his^ truth ^ . Service under Thutmose I 64. The King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Okheperkere (Thut- mose I) ; he appointed me to be king's-son of [Kush] ? of gold ; an armlet the second time ^ gave me of gold : a vase, two bracelets 9 he — me more than the magnates of the palace, he recognized the excellence of ^° •" "'^ " in the place of satisfying the heart. He attained old age " . Service under Thutmose II 65. The first of the repetition of the favor of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Okhepernere (Thutmose II); he made fme""] 13 -with a royal message, recording ^4 .c Service under Thutmose III 66. [King Thutmose III]; he magnified me in the midst . TOMBOS STELAd 67. Three important facts are preserved to us in this in- scription : *Both these pronouns refer to Amon; the same thought occurs in Suti and Hor's tablet (British Museum, 826), 11. 16, 17. ^The portion preserved is hopelessly obscvire. cHere are the remains of a royal oval, which certainly contained the name of Thutmose III; in this king's second year, a viceroy of Kush is mentioned in this same temple (§ 170, 1. 2)^ but the name is unfortunately broken out. He is doubtless the same as our viceroy. Nubia. cThe Euphrates. dFor the Egyptian on the Nile north was '' down-stream " and south was "up- stream." It seemed very curious to him that in another country as here on the Euphrates, one went south in going down-stream; hence the anomaly of the text, which becomes clear, if we substitute "south" for "up-stream." See also IV, 407. ^Heaven, earth, and the nether world, include the entire Egyptian universe. ^In the coronation announcement the form of the king's title to be used in the oath is given (see § 58). ^ sThe pre-dynastic kings, now mythical demigods. 32 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE I [§75 I. SEHEL INSCRIPTION* 75. On arriving at the first cataract, the king found the canal of Sesostris III (see I, 642 fiF.) stopped up. He cleared it, and the viceroy made the following records: Year 3, first month of the third season, day 22, under the majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Okheperkere (Thutmose I), who is given life. His majesty commanded to dig this canal, after he found it [stopped up] with stones, (so that) no [ship sailed upon it]. He [sail]ed [down-stream] upon it, his heart [glad, having slain his enemies].^ The king's-son, [Thure].^ II. SEHEL INSCRIPTION^ 76. Above are the Horus-, throne- and personal-names of Thutmose I; and below, the following: Year 3, first month of the third season, day 22. His majesty sailed this canal in victory and in power, at his return from overthrowing the wretched Kush. The king's-son, Thure. in. ASSUAN INSCRIPTION' 77. On the same day the king arrived at Assuan, where he left a similar record: Year 3, first month of the third season, day 22, under the majesty of Thutmose (I).^ His majesty arrived from Kush, having overthrown the enemy. ^De Morgan, Catalogue des monuments, 85, No. 13. ^The preceding restorations are from Thutmose Ill's copy of this inscription (see §§ 649 f.). ^Restored from the following inscription. Thure, also § 55. •^Discovered by Wilbour, and published in Recueily XIII, 202 ; better, de Mor- gan, Catalogue des monuments, 85, No. 19. «De Morgan, Catalogue des monuments, 41, No. 185. ^ Full titulary. §8o] INSCRIPTION OF AHMOSE, SON OF EBANA 33 INSCRIPTION OF AHMOSE, SON OF EBANA^ [LI. 29-39; concluded from §39] ni. CAREER UNDER THUTMOSE I 78. Ahmose's career under Thutmose I is still one of active service in campaigning. He first sails the royal transport in the campaign against Nubia (§ 80), resulting in his appointment to the head of the naval forces. They returned in triumph with the Nubian foe hanged head downward at the bow of the royal barge. 79. It was not until after this Nubian campaign that the famous expedition to Naharin set out. Our only sources for this event are the biographies of the two El Kab Ahmoses. Thutmose III states that he set up his boundary tablet be- side that of his father (§ 478), and it must have been on this campaign that this first boundary tablet was set up by' Thutmose I.^ For it is always supposed that this cam- j paign was the only Asiatic expedition of Thutmose I; but as the Tombos inscription (§§ 67 ff.) speaks of the conquest of Asia as far as the Euphrates, before the Asiatic campaign narrated by the two Ahmoses, we must suppose either that Thutmose I had already made a still earlier campaign in Syria; or that his predecessors, Ahmose I and Amenhotep I, had achieved greater conquests in Asia than our scanty sources for their reigns would indicate. Campaign against Nubia 80. I sailed the King Okheperkere (Thutmose I), triumphant, when he ascended the river to Khenthennofer (Ilnt-hn-nfr), 3oin order to cast *For bibliography, see p. 3, note a. t>The inscription of Hatshepsut's childhood (§ 225, 1. 11) mentions her father's (Thutmose I's) survivals among the chiefs of Retenu, meaning those he had left. 34 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE I [§8i out violence in the highlands, in order to suppress the raiding^ of the hill region. I showed bravery in his presence in the bad water, in the '"passage"' of ^Hhe ship by the bend. One appointed me chief of the sailors. His majesty was .^ s^His majesty was furious thereat, like a panther;^ his majesty cast his first lance, which remained in the body of that fallen one.*^ This was ® ^sr — i powerless before his flaming uraeus,^ made •"sol in an instant of destruction ; their people were brought off as Uving prisoners. 34His majesty sailed down-river, with all countries in his grasp, that wretched Nubian Troglodyte being hanged head downward at the [prowp of the ba[rge] of his majesty, and landed 35at Karnak. Asiatic Campaign 8i. After these things^ one journeyed to Retenu (Rtnw) to *wash his heart ^ among the foreign countries. His majesty arrived at Naharin (N ^-h ^-ry-n ^) 36his majesty found that foe when he was ■"planning! destruction; his majesty made a great slaughter J among them. 37N'mnberless were the living prisoners, which his majesty brought off from his victories. Meanwhile I was at ^The flying raids into the valley of the Nile made by the barbarians inhabiting the desert behind the hills on either side of the valley. The account of the battle is very obscure, but the weakness of the enemy makes the result certain. ^The text ends here in the middle of a sentence, and proceeds around the corner of the wall with what seems to be the account of another incident in the same Nubian campaign. cThis is precisely what is said of Thutmose II in his Nubian war (Assuan Inscription, 1. 9, II, 121) when the announcement of revolt was brought to him, hence a similar incident probably should precede here. dCf. Sinuhe's weapon which "remained in his {his foe's) neck." ®It is possible that there is no lacuna here, as the squeeze shows not a trace of a sign in the last 9 inches of the line. f The sacred serpent which crowns the royal forehead. gThe restoration is from the Amida tablet of Amenhotep II, II, 797, 1. 17, where the same phrase occurs. ^This phrase shows clearly that the Nubian campaign took place before the Asiatic campaign. The same order is observed in the biography of Ahmose-Pen- Nekhbet (§§84, 85). The usual supposition that the Asiatic preceded the Nubian campaign is based on a false conclusion from the Tombos inscription (§§67 fif.). i An idiom for taking revenge or obtaining satisfaction. JFrom the squeeze; cf. also 1. 17. §85] BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET 35 the head of our troops,^ and his majesty beheld my bravery. sSj brought off a chariot, its horses, and him who was upon it as a living prisoner, and took them to ^his majesty.^ One presented me with gold in double measure. His Old Age 82. 39When I grew old, and had attained old age, my honors were as at their beginning.^ ^ a tomb, which I myself made. BIOGRAPHY OF AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET « [Continued from § 42; concluded §§ 123-4, 344] III. CAREER UNDER THUTMOSE I 83. In this reign Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet took part in the campaign in Nubia; and also accompanied the Asiatic campaign to Naharin, of which Ahmose, son of Ebana, furnishes a fuller account (§81). He was then richly re- warded for his valor by the king. Campaign in Kush 84. I ^followed the King Okheperkere (Thutmose I), triumphant; I captured for him ^in Kush, two living prisoners, beside three Uving prisoners, whom I brought off ^in Kush, without counting them.^ Campaign in Naharin 85. Agains I served ^°for King Okheperkere (Thutmose I), trium- phant; I captured for him in the country of Naharin (N^-h-ry-n^)j "21 hands, one horse, and one chariot. ^See note on 1. 26, § 39. '^From the squeeze; cf. also 1. 27. cHe continued to receive rewards as at the beginning. 54> 68. See also Pococke, Description of the East, I, 95; and Brugsch, Reise- berichte, 159. ^See Breasted, Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archeology, XXII, 90. The two additional bases noted in Baedeker (1902, 253) probably belong to some other king, perhaps Amenhotep III, who mentions obelisks (§ 903, 1. 57); or to Thutmose III. §90] KARNAK OBELISKS— ABYDOS STELA 37 87. ^Horus: Mighty bull, beloved of Truth; King of Upper and Lower Egypt; Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Shining with the Ser- pent-diadem, great in strength ; Okheperkere, Setepnere ; Golden Horus : Beautiful in years, who makes hearts live; Bodily Son of Re, Thutmose (I), Shining-in-Beauty. He made (it), as his monument for his father Amon, Lord of Thebes, Presider over Karnak, that he might be given life like Re, forever. 88. ^Horus: Mighty bull, beloved of Truth, King of Upper and Lower Egypt: Okheperkere, Setep-Amon (Thutmose I). He made (it) as his monument for his father Amon-Re, chief of the Two Lands, erecting for him*^ two great obelisks*^ at the double facade of the temple. The pyramidions were of A 89. A fragment of an obelisk'' on the island of Elephan- tine also refers to Thutmose I^s jubilee. It still bears the words: Thutmose (I); Shining-in-Beauty; he made (it) as his monument to his father, Khnum; making for him two obelisks of granite. First occurrence.^ That he may be given life forever. ABYDOS STELAs 90. This stela recorded the king's works in the Abydos temple of Osiris. In the lost introduction he has appar- ently held an audience and declared his intention of exe- ^Middle column, east side. ^Middle column, west side. cSee Ineni, 11. 9-11, §105. dAbout one-third of the hne is flaked off; the material of the pyramidions crowning the obelisks was usually copper or bronze. eBrugsch, Thesaurus, V, 1220. The epithet, " Skining-in-Beauiy," is found on Thutmose I's Karnak obelisk, and is not used by other Thutmosids. Hence the obelisk certainly belongs to Thutmose I. f Referring, of course, to the royal jubilee. ^Sandstone stela from Abydos, now in Cairo; published by Marie tte {AbydoSj II, 31) and by de Rouge (Inscriptions hieroglyphiques, 19-22). Only the lower portion is preserved, the relief above being broken off, and probably a consider- able fraction of the text. 38 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE I [§91 cuting certain works for the god; whereupon the priests reply in the words with which the preserved portion begins. The chief treasurer is then instructed to execute the said works, which, he states, he did. On their completion the king delivers an address to the priests like that of Thutmose III(§§57iff.). Address of the Priests 91. * — ^ ''How pleasant is this in the hearts of the people! How beautiful is this in the sight of the gods! Thou makest a monument for Osiris, thou beautifiest the First of the Westerners, the great god of the beginning, whose place Atum advanced, whom he magnified before 3his his heart, for whom kings have labored since this land was founded. As for thee, thou wast born to him; he made thee in the uprightness of his heart, to do that which he did in the earth, to restore 4the sanctuaries of the gods, [to] — their temples. Thou art gold, thine is the silver, Keb^ has opened for thee that which is in him, Tatenen*^ has given to thee his things. All the countries labor for thee, all the lands are under thy rule. sEvery costly stone is rcollectedi — in thy house ; ^if there isi a wish in thee, it must be done ; it is that which thy ka desires which happens. Royal Instructions to the Chief Treasurer 92 . His majesty commanded the chief treasurer : " Conduct the work, causing to come ^ every prepared one of his workmen, the best of his lay priests, who knows the directions and is skilful in that which he knows, who does not transgress what was commanded him, 7[rto erect^] the monument of his father [Osiris], to equip his ever- lasting statue. Execute the very secret things, no one seeing, no one beholding, no one knowing his body. Make for him the portable chapel -barque (wts-nfr'w) of silver, gold, lapis lazuli, black copper, ^every splendid costly stone." Words of the Chief Treasurer 93. I executed for him the offering-tables, — (shm-) sistrums and (hyt-) sistrums, necklace-rattles {mny'wt), censers, ""a flat dish"" (tnyw), ^The number of lines lost before this point is uncertain. t>The earth-god. cPtah. §97] ABYDOS STELA 3q a great oblation there. I did not rremove^ them. I did not discon- tinue them. The Sacred Barge 94. I built* 9the august [barge] of new cedar of the best of the terraces; its bow and its stern being of electrum, making festive the lake;^ to make his voyage therein at his feast of the ''District of Peker" {Pky), Statues 0} the Gods 95. Furthermore, ^°[his majesty] commanded to shape^ (statues of) the great ennead of gods dwelling in Abydos; (each) one of them is mentioned by his name; Khnum, lord of Hirur, dwelUng in Abydos; Khnum, lord of the cataract, dwelling in Abydos ; Thoth, leader of the great gods, "presider over Hesret; Horus, presider over Letopolis; Harendotes; Upwawet of the South, and Up wa wet of the North; mys- terious and splendid were their bodies. The standards'^ thereof were of "electrum, more excellent than their predecessors; more splendid were they than that which is in heaven; more secret were they than the fashion of the nether world ; more — were they than the dwellers in Nun. Words of the King 96. ^3My majesty did these things for my father Osiris, because I loved him so much more than all gods, in order that my name might abide and my monuments endure in the house of my father, Osiris, First of the Westerners, '4ord of Abydos, forever and ever. Address to the Priests 97. [I say to] you, divine fathers® of this temple, priests {w^h'w), ritual priests, dwellers in the place of the hand,^ ^^all the lay priests of the temple; offer ye to my tomb, present ye to my oblation-tablet; maintain ye the monuments of my majesty; mention ye my name; *Read: ^ kh as in Ineni (§ 105, 1. 10). '^Meaning it was reflected in the water; see same idea more clearly (§ 888, 1. 20). ^Ms, "to shape" with a following name of a god, is not uncommon (cf. I, 672). ^These are the standards upon which the statues were borne. ePriestly title. ^An order of priests of whom we know nothing. 40 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE I [§98 remember ye my titulary; give ye ^ Upraises to my likeness; praise ye the statue of my majesty; set my name in the mouth of your servants, my memory among your children. For ^'I am a king excellent because of what he has done; the unique in might through the (mere) mention of his name •" ^^ which I made in this land, till ye know it. There is no lie before you, nor exaggeration ^ ^therein. I have made monuments for the gods; I have beautified their sanctuaries for the future; I have maintained their temples, I have restored that which was ruinous, I have surpassed ^^that which was done before. I have informed the priests (w'^b'w) of their duties, I have led the ignorant to that which he did not know. I have increased the work of others, the kings 2°who have been before me ; the gods had joy in my time, their temples were in festivity. Universal Triumph 98. I made the boundaries of Egypt (t ^-mry) as far as that which the sun encircles. I made ^ ^strong those who were in fear; I repelled the evil from them. I made Egypt the superior of every land •" ^1 favorite of Amon, =^^Son of Re, of his body, his beloved Thut- mose (I), Shining Hke Re, beloved of Osiris, First of the Westerners; Great God, lord of Abydos, ruler of eternity; given life, stabihty, satis- faction, and health, while shining as King upon the Horus-throne of the living; and joy of his heart, together with his ka, like Re, forever. BIOGRAPHY OF INENI^ [Continued from §46; continued § 115] II. CAREER UNDER THUTMOSE I (lL. 4- 1 4) 99. The career of Ineni, which began under Amenhotep I, continues here under Thutmose I. The king's name and the narrative of his accession unfortunately fall in the lacunae at the ends of the lines (probably 1. 4). The biog- raphy then narrates the wide dominion of the king, and the rich tribute therefrom (§101); Ineni's advancement to *Read r-d ^'t. ^Bibliography on p. 18, note c. § iQo] BIOGRAPHY OF INENI 41 superintendence of the king's building projects (§102) especially the construction of the Kamak pylons of Thut- mose I, and the erection before them of his two obelisks, one of which still stands (§§ 103-5); ^^so the excavation of the king's cliff -tomb and improvements in the necropolis of Thebes (§ 106) ; Ineni's rewards in serfs and treasury dues (§ 107); and the death of the king (§ 108). 100. The Karnak hall, which Ineni constructed, is of great historic interest, as it was the first hall on entering the building, and served as the chief hypostyle, or colonnaded hall, of the temple throughout the reign of Thutmose I. It was in this hall that Thutmose III was proclaimed king by the priests of Amon (§§131 ff.), thus putting aside either its builder, Thutmose I, or the w^eakling Thutmose II, and in this hall Hatshepsut erected her two great obelisks. The description of the erection of the hall itself is unfortunately lost in the lacuna at the end of 1. 7, and 1. 8 begins with a reference to the ^^ great pylons on its either side^^^ the erection of which follows. But Thutmose III informs us of the inter- esting fact that he replaced with stone columns the cedar columns erected by Thutmose I in this hall (§ 601). Indeed, Thutmose I himself was obliged to replace the northernmost two of his cedar columns by stone ones before the end of his reign. ^ The fact is recorded by him on one of the new col- umns (see Piehl, Actes du 6""^ congres des orientalistes a Leide, 1883, IV"'*' partie, section 3, 203-19). This inscription is unfortunately now only a series of disconnected fragments, of which little is intelligible. The dedication on one of the columns is as follows: ''Thutmose /, he made {it) as his monument for his father Amon-Re, chief of the Two Lands j aThis is a hint as to the length of his reign; he must have reigned long enough for the wooden colonnade to begin to decay. 42 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE I [§ loi making for him an august colonnade, which adorns the Two Lands with its beauty. '^^ (Brugsch, Thesaurus, VI, 131 1, and Rouge, Inscriptions hieroglyphiques, 163.) On the further career of this historic hall, only begun here, see §§ 599 ff. ; 803 ff . Accession and Power of Thutmose I lOi. ^the Good God, who smites the Nubians, lord of might, who overthrows the Asiatics. He made his boundary as far as the ^Horns of the Earth,* and the marshes in Kebeh {Khh) — ^ 1 Elephantine. The Sand-dwellers bore their tribute like the impost of the South and the North; his majesty forwarded them to Thebes, for his father Amon, each year. Everything was made to prosper^ for me under . Ineni^s Promotion 102. 7He filled his heart with me,^ I was brought to be a dignitary, overseer of the granary; the fields of divine offerings were under my authority; all^ the excellent works together were under my administra- tion. Karnak Pylons 103. I inspected the great monuments® which he made *great pylons on its either side of fine limestone of Ayan (^ nw) ; august flagstaves were erected at the double facade of the temple of new cedar of the best of the Terraces;^ their tops were of electrum.8 I inspected ^>wrought with electrum. *The same phrase occurs in Assuan inscription of Thutmose II (§ 120, 1. 4), where it refers to the south; the marshes above must therefore be those of the Euphrates in the north, also used by Thutmose II, loc. cit. ^Such a passive is often a respectful circumlocution to indicate an act of the king. cAn idiom signifying favor with the king. dRead: nh't. ®The following is the description of the erection and adornment by Ineni of the hall and two pylons of Thutmose I at Karnak (IV and V), and the two obelisks before them, of which one still stands. f Meaning the slopes of Lebanon; cf. the "Myrrh-terraces." BFour such flagstaves, set in channels cut for them in the faces of the pylons, usually adorned the temple fa9ade. §io6 BIOGRAPHY OF INENI 43 Karnak Portal 104. I inspected the erection of the great doorway (named) : *'Amon- Mighty-in-Wealth;"^ its huge door was of Asiatic copper whereon was the Divine Shadow,^ inlaid with gold. Karnak Obelisks 105. I inspected the erection of two^ obeUsks ^°*^biiilt the august boat^ of 120 cubits in its length, 40 cubits in its width,® in order to transport these obelisks. (They) came in peace, safety^ and pros- perity, and landed at Karnak ^^of the city. Its ^tracki was laid with every pleasant wood. Thutmose Ps Clifj-tomb 106. I inspected the excavation of the cKfif-tomb of his majesty, alone, no one seeing, no one hearing.^ I sought out the excellent ^things upon "i^ — "• ^I was vigilant^ in seeking that which is excellent. I made fields of clay, in order to plaster their tombs of the necropolis; it was a work such as the ancestors had not done which I was obliged to do there •" ^i '3i sought out for those *The name is not among the ten gates given by Mariette, Karnak, 38. ^Explained § 889, note. cHence Petrie, depending on Mariette's plan {Karnak, 2) is under misappre- hension in attributing one of these obelisks to Thutmose III (Petrie, History of Egypt, II, 67). The standing obelisk of this pair distinctly refers to the erection of ''two great obelisks" (§88); hence Thutmose III must have appropriated the now fallen obelisk after it was up, and before the inscriptions were cut. Second Name 144. [He made my kingship enduring, like Re in heaven, in]*^ this my [name]. Favorite of the Two Goddesses: "Enduring in Kingship, like Re in Heaven." Third Name 145. He formed me as a Horus-hawk of gold, he gave to me his might and his strength and I was splendid with these his diadems, in this my name, ^^[Golden Horus: "Mighty in Strength, Splendid in Diadems"]. Fourth Name 146. — [in this my name], King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands: " Menkheperre " (the being of Re abides). Fifth Name 147. I am his son who came forth from him, a likeness fashioned like the presider over Hesret;'^ he beautified all my forms, in this my name. Son of Re: "Thutmose, Beautiful of Form," living forever and ever. Recognition of His Authority 148. 's my — ; he caused that [the princes of] all [coun]- tries [should come], doing obeisance because of® the fame of my majesty; my terror was in the hearts of the Nine Bows; all lands were under my sandals. He gave victory by my arms, in order to widen *^[the boundaries of Egypt] because — so much him. He ^This is the Horus-hawk which surmounts the so-called standard or banner (really the facade of a building) containing the Horus-name of the king. ^Restored from the name of the king, as it occurs elsewhere. cThis restoration is not literally certain, but something similar must have occupied the lacuna. dThat is, Thoth, with whose name '*ThtUmose" (or Thothmose) is compounded. § i5o] CORONATION INSCRIPTION 63 rejoiced in me, more than (in) any king who had been in the earth since it was loosened.^ Purpose oj His Choice 149. I am his son, beloved of his majesty, whom his double desires ^to cause! that I should present this land at the place, where he is. I cause to encompass ^^ which he established, to make a monu- ment abiding in Karnak. I requited his beauty with something greater than it by magnifying him more than the gods. The recom- pense of him who does excellent things is a reward for him of things more excellent than they. I have built his house as an eternal work. 18 my f father!] caused that I should be divine, that I might extend the throne of him who made me ; that I might supply with food his altars upon earth ; that I might make to flourish for him the sacred slaughtering-block with great slaughters in his temple, consisting of oxen and calves without limit. ^^ descending ''fori things, of those which were paid anew, — the dues therefor. I filled for him his granaries with barley and spelt without limit. I increased for him the divine offerings, I gave to him increase, *° for this temple of my father Amon, at all feasts ; ^of the sixth day (of the month)^ satis- fied with that which he desired should be. I know that it is forever; that Thebes is eternal. Amon, Lord of Karnak, Re of HeUopolis of the South (Hermonthis), his glorious eye which is in this land *^ . Erection oj This Monument 150. I made my monument, I recorded my commands at the stair- way of the lord of Karnak, of the fashioner of all that is or exists. Everything shall remain forever, that is therein •" "• ** a libation, together with the things of his gods, when the god is satis- fied with his things. The monument is a work in the temple for a memorial of my beauty in his house, and I shall endure in the mouth*^ forever. aThat is, loosened {wh «) and separated from the heavens at the beginning, as in the Pyramid Texts. ^So Brugsch; it is not now visible on the wall. cOf the people. 64 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§151 Reply oj the Court 151. These companions, they said: *3" this [word] which has been spoken to us; which we have heard in the court, L. P. H. May thy nostrils be rejuvenated with satisfying Ufe; may thy majesty endure upon the great throne. The oracle of the god himself,^ is like the word of Re at the first beginning. Thoth is he who makes the writing speak,^ *4 rejoicing. His kingship is assigned to thee; established is thy coronation upon the Horus-throne, and recorded are thy annals as King of Upper and Lower Egypt. He has united for thee the Two Lands in peace, all countries in subjection." A New Chapel^ 152. *s anew, together with a "Divine Abode," a monu- ment of fine white sandstone. The king himself performed with his two hands the stretching of the cord and the extension of the line, putting (it) upon the ground, and furnishing on this monument the exaction of work, according to the command of *^ enduring work of their hands. A Holy oj Holies 153. Behold, my majesty erected for him an august Holy of Holies,^ the favorite place of Amon (named): **His-Great-Seat-is-Like-the- Horizon-of -Heaven," of sandstone of the Red Moimtain.^ Its interior was wrought with electrum *7 , Three Portals 154. I [erected] the first portal, (named:) " Menkheperre-is-Splendid- in-the-Opulence-of-Amon;" the second portal, (named:) "Menkhe- •Evidently a reference to the oracle which decreed Thutmose III king. Com- pare the ''oracle of the god himself" in the Punt reliefs (§ 285, 1. 5). ^See Papyrus Ebers, I, 8. cHere the audience of the court seems to have been concluded, and the list of buildings and offerings begins. Khnum, binder of the (Nine) Bows : a festal offering of the beginning of the seasons: southern grain, 50 heket; southern grain, 425 heket; of spelt, 20; each year for his father Khnum, binder of the (Nine) Bows: a bull of the herd for the New Year (wp-rnp't); for his father aPuU titulary. bLit., "from" (m). cThe name of the official is lost, but it is almost certainly the viceroy of Kush, who was appointed by Thutmose I (§§ 61 £f.), whose name was probably Thure. ^His Horus-name follows. ^Restored after 1. 7. *See Griffith (Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archeology, XIV, 430). sThe ofiFerings are separated by a semicolon. §172] SEMNEH TEMPLE INSCRIPTIONS 71 Dedun: a bull ^°a bull of the herd for the feast, (named:) "Repulse-of-the-Troglodytes,"* which occurs in the fourth month of the second season, on the twenty-first day, ^a festal offering of the beginning of the seasons;^ southern grain, 50 heket; southern grain, 202^ heket; of spelt, 15; each year at (the feast) " Repulse-of-the-Troglodytes : " royal linen, 8 [for] "the feast, which occurs in the first of the third season^ (ninth month) : a bull of the herd; for his father Khnum, binder of the (Nine) Bows, smiter of the Shasu: southern grain, 26 heket; each year for the king's-wife : , "southern grain, 26 heket; each year for the great king's-wife, Merseger (Mr-sgr), at (the feast) "Bind- ing-of-the-Barbarians:"® southern grain, 135 heket; of spelt, 10; each year for the king, Khekure (Sesostris III) : . 172. '3His majesty enjoined them upon the chiefs, and governors of the fortresses of Elephantine of the South, as dues of each year to abide and to endure: . n. DEDICATION TO DEDUN AND SESOSTRIS III Scene ^ 173. Sacred barque, containing a shrine with statue of Sesostris III; behind this Thutmose III and Dedun stand- ing, the god embracing the king. Words of Dedun 174. My beloved son, Menkheperre, how beautiful is this beautiful monument, which thou hast made for my beloved son. King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Khekure (Sesostris III). Thou hast perpetuated his name forever, that thou mayest live. aSee I, 654. ^The season feast and the feast of victory seem to have fallen together. cThere is a small lacuna after the units; the number is probably 205. tiProbably Thutmose Ill's coronation feast, which occurred on the fourth of this month. «There is no doubt that this is another feast introduced by r, "at, " as in 1. 10. * Inside, on the west wall (Lepsius, Denkntdler, III, 48, 6-49, «)• There is a similar scene on the newer portion of the same wall, farther north. 72 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§175 175. On the opposite wall in a similar scene ^ Dedun adds: Thou hast renewed his birth^ a second time in a monument in memoriam.'^ Thou hast presented to him many offering-tables of silver and gold, bronze, and Asiatic copper. The reward thereof for thee is satisfying Ufe, hke Re, forever. 176. The dedication inscription in full is as follows i"^ ^The Good God, Menkheperre (Thutmose III). He made (it) as his monument for his father Dedun, presider over Nubia {T ^-pd't), and for the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Khekure (Sesostris III); making for them a temple ^of fine white stone of Nubia (T^-pdt) although my majesty found (it) of ruinous brick; as a son does, ^accord- ing to"" the desire which his father desired, ^who assigned to him the Two Regions, who brought him up to be Horus, lord of this land. I have set it in my divine heart that I should make his monument ; that I should make him mighty according as he gave ^ — ; that I should perpetuate his house forever, according as he has become greater than any god. He hath given to me all Ufe, stability and satisfaction like Re, forever. BIOGRAPHY OF NEBWAWI 177. This official enjoyed a long career, beginning early in the reign of Thutmose III and continuing under Amen- hotep 11. The narrative of his career was evidently distrib- uted upon a number of monuments,* some of which are lost, so that we now possess only the story of his earliest and latest years, the former on a statue, the latter on a stela, both of which were gifts from the king. ^Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 50, b. ^Lit., ^'repeated birth for him.'* cLit., "a monument of putting the heart,** that is, of putting in mind, remind- ing. Compare Hebrew, H? CO . was like a god, her form was like a god, she did ^everything as a god, her splendor was like a god; her majesty (fem.) was a maiden, beautiful, blooming, Buto in her time. ^She made her divine form to flourish, a ^favor ofi him that fashioned her. The Journey 224. Her majesty (fem.) journeyed ^to the North country after her father, the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Okheperkere, who Hveth forever. There came^ her mother, Hathor, patroness of Thebes ; Buto, mistress of Dep; Amon, lord of Thebes; ^Atum, lord of Heliopolis; Montu, lord of Thebes; Khnum, lord of the Cataract; all the gods that are in Thebes, all the gods of the South and North, and approached 7her. They traversed for her, pleasant ways, (they) came, and they brought all life and satisfaction with them, they exerted their protection behind her; one proceeded %fter another of them, they passed on behind her every day. Promises of the Gods 225. They said, "Welcome, daughter of Amon-Re; thou hast seen thy administration in the land, thou shall set ^it in order, thou shalt restore that which has gone to its ruin,^ thou shalt make thy monuments in this house, thou shalt victual the offering-tables of him who begat thee, thou shalt pass through the land^ and thou shalt embrace ^°many countries. Thou shalt strike among the Tehenu, thou shalt smite with the mace the Troglodytes; thou shalt cut off the heads of the soldiers, thou shalt seize ^Hhe chiefs of Retenu, bearing the sword, the survivals® *What thing is meant is not clear; possibly it refers to the preceding presenta- tion to the gods, which she narrates now to the people. Then follow her growth into youth and beauty, and the journey. ^Ywlj/r is a sdm' Jpr' f-iorva.. cThis is a clear reference to the queen's restoration of the temples recorded at Benihasan (§§ 296 ff.), and plainly indicates the late date of the coronation reliefs, which are thus evidently later than the temple restorations. EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§241 Second Scene 241. The god Kheseti, standing at the right, holds over the queen, who stands at the left, a vessel in the form of the sign of life. Inscription Over the queen, merely her name with epitheta; over the god, the following: I have purified thee with these waters of all satisfying life, all stability, all health, all joy of heart, to celebrate very many jubilees, like Re, for- ever. DC. CONCLUDING CEREMONIES* 242. The queen is now led away by Horns, and several ceremonies follow, which are too nearly destroyed to be clear, but one of them was the ^^ making 0} the circuit north of the wallj^^ in accordance with the title of the queen used above. ^ The coronation is now regarded as complete, for Horus says: ^^Thou hast established thy dignity as king, and appeared upon the Horus-throne,^^ SOUTHERN PYLON INSCRIPTION AT KARNAK<^ 243 . There is a distinct tendency on the part of Hatshepsut to show especial respect to her father, Thutmose I. The evident purpose of the following inscription is to make clear that her father recognizes her right to rule as king. It represents him shortly after her accession, as praying for ^Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 63, 64. ^In § 240, and elsewhere. cOn the north side of the third southern pylon, left wing, below; text: Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 18; Sethe, Untersuchungen, I, 113, 114; translated by de Rouge, Melanges (Tarcheologie egyptienne, I, 46 f.; Sethe, ibid, I, 27, 28 (cf. also p. i). The inscription is very mutilated, and some omissions have been necessary. § 245] KARNAK SOUTHERN PYLON INSCRIPTION loi the blessing and favor of the gods upon her reign, ^ and the entire document is of course, the work of the queen herself. 244. The accompanying scene shows Thutmose I stand- ing on the right before Amon, Mut, and KJionsu, the Theban triad on the left; the inscription of twenty lines occupies the space between. Over half of it is occupied with the names, titles, and fulsome epithets of Thutmose I, and the translation omits these, beginning in the middle of 1. 11, with the king's address to the three divinities. / 245. " I come to thee, lord of gods; I do obeisance^ [before] thee, in return for this that [thou hast put]^ "the Black and the Red Land^ under (the dominion of) my daughter, the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Makere^ (Hatshepsut), who Uves forever, just as thou didst put (it) under (the dominion of) my majesty ^^. . . . j Thou hast given to me the kingdom of every land in the presence of the Two Lands, exalting my beauty while I was a youth .... [the Black Land] ^^and the Red Land are under my dominion. I am satisfied with victories, thou hast placed every rebellious land under my sandals which thy serpent-diadem has bound, bearing their gifts; thou hast strength- ened the fear [of me] ^stheir limbs tremble, I have seized them in victory according to thy command; they are made my subjects; [they come to me] doing obeisance, and all countries with bowed head. Tribute ^^ ^ ^^ the heart of my majesty is glad because of her ^^fthe petition^] concerning my daughter Wosretkew,^ King of Upper and Lower Egypt, of whom thou hast desired, that she be associated with [thee]^ — •"that"' thou mightest ^Sethe has shown (Unterstcchungen, I, 28) that it does not record the installa- tion of Hatshepsut as coregent. ^Lit., "smell the ground." cSethe's emendation, Unterstichungen, 1, 113. ^The black land of the valley and the red of the desert hills. ^The name has been changed to that of Thutmose II, but the queen's name can still be read. ^The conventional praise of the king; in the following lines which are very fragmentary, only the references to the queen are translated. gHorus-name of Hatshepsut. ^Apparently a play on her name, "Associaie of Amon" (Khnemet-Amon). I02 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§246 assign [this] land [to] her grasp. Make her prosperous as King '9mayest thou [Tgranti] for me the prayer of the first time, my petitions concerning [my] beloved (fem.) ^° under her majesty (fem.). THE PUNT RELIEFS^ 246. These are undoubtedly the most interesting series of reliefs in Egypt, and form almost our only early source of information for the land of Punt. They are as beautiful in execution as they are important in content. They record an important expedition of the queen thither, which was successfully concluded just before her ninth year (§ 292, 1. i). 247. The only earlier evidences of intercourse with Punt are as follows: In the Fourth Dynasty a Puntite negro appears as the slave of one of the sons of King Khufu;^ in the Fifth, King Sahure sent an expedition thither (I, 161, 8), *In the Der el-Bahri temple, occupying the south half of the middle terrace (corresponding to the Birth and Youth on the north half, §§ 187 ff.). See accom- panying plan (p. 105). First copied by Diimichen and published by Diimichen, Historische Inschriften, II, 8-20, and Fleety 1-3, and 18, a; then by Mariette, Deir-el-Bahari, 5-10. The excavations of the Egypt Exploration Fund since 1894 have for the first time uncovered all the Punt reliefs, and they have all now appeared in the superb publication of the Egypt Exploration Fund (Naville, The Temple of Deir-el-Bahari, Introductory Memoir, Pis. 7-10, and Vol. Ill, Pis. 69-86). Unfortunately, the old publications have not been collated and the por- tions since lost, added. It is therefore still necessary to collate Mariette and Diimichen; I have placed all copies in parallel columns as a basis for the present translation. The inscriptions and reliefs have suffered, not merely from the hand of time and modern vandalism, but the inscriptions and figures of Hatshepsut were hacked out by her political enemies after her fall, and the figure and neighboring inscriptions of Amon, wherever occurring, were later erased by Amenhotep IV. The faint traces remaining on the wall are difficult to read; hence the numerous errors in the old publications. The most useful treatments are Erman {Life in Ancient Egypt, 505 ff.), Maspero (Struggle 0} the Nations, 247-53, with very full citation of the older bibliography) ; and for Punt especially see Miiller (Mittheil- ungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, III, 42; also Orientalistische Litteratur- zeitung, II, 416) and Krall (Beitrdge zur Geschichte der Blemyer und Nuhier, " Denkschriften der Wiener Akademie," Philologisch-historische Classe, Vol. XLVI, 4te Abhandlung) to which is added an excursus on Punt). ^Lepsius, Denkmaler, II, 23; see Erman, Aegypten, 670. J 248] THE PUNT RELIEFS 103 and King Isesi sent another, which brought back a dancing dwarf (I, 351); in the Sixth, an officer of Pepi II, named Enenkhet, was killed by the Sand-dwellers on the coast, while building a ship for the Punt voyage (1, 360), and another expe- dition thither under the same king was led by the assist- ant treasurer, Thethy (I, 361); in the Eleventh Dynasty, Henu, chief treasurer of King Senekhkere-Mentuhotep III, dispatched an expedition to Punt, which he accompanied only to the coast of the Red Sea (I, 430) ; in the Twelfth Dynasty, an officer of Amenemhet II, named Khentkhetwer, records his safe return from Punt (I, 604-6);* and finally there was also an expedition under Sesostris II (I, 618). None of these sources contains more than the meagerest ref- erence to the fact of the expedition. 248. The reliefs illustrating her expedition, which Hat- shepsut had carved in her beautiful Der el-Bahri temple, are therefore, as stated, the first and only full source for a study of ancient Punt and the voyage thither. The expedition, like those of Henu^ and of Khentkhetwer, may have left the Nile at Koptos, and proceeded by caravan to Wadi Gasiis on the Red Sea, where the ships may have been built.*" But as no shift of cargo is mentioned, and the same ships depicted as sailing the Red Sea are afterward shown on the Nile, it is possible that the canal through the Wadi Tumilat connect- ing the Nile and the Red Sea had existed from the Twelfth Dynasty, having been made by one of the Sesostrises."^ The question of the location of Punt is too large for dis- ^A fairy-tale in a St. Petersburg papyrus of the Middle Kingdom, in possession of M. Golenischefif, narrates the adventures of a shipwrecked sailor on a voyage to Punt. ^As Henu returned by way of Hammamat, he must have sent his expedition from the Red Sea terminus of the Koptos-Hammamat road. cCf. the ship of Enenkhet (I, 360). dStrabo, XVII, i, 26. I04 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§249 cussion here, but it was certainly in Africa, and probably was the Somali coast. 249. The successive scenes and the accompanying in- scriptions tell the story of the expedition so clearly that no introductory outline is necessary. 250. Historically, it is important to note that Thutmose III appears only once in the Punt reliefs, and that in a sub- ordinate position, so that, as far as this source is concerned, the queen is the author of the expedition, which she under- takes in accordance with an oracle of Amon (§ 284). 251. The arrangement of the reliefs on the wall is inter- esting; Punt is at the extreme south (left) on the end wall of the colonnade (see plan), and the fleet bound thither is placed by the artist with prows literally toward the south, while the returning fleet is correspondingly represented with stern toward Punt in the south and bows to the north. The successive scenes then proceed northward (to the right) and conclude on the north end-wall. I. DEPARTURE OF THE FLEET ^ Scene 252. Five vessels, two of which are still moored, the rest already under sail. The last vessel bearing over its stern the pilot's command, ^'Steer^ to porV^ A small boat lashed to a tree has above it the words: ^\An offering) for the lije, prosperity, and health of her majesty (fem.), to Hathor, mistress of Punt •" "• that she may bring wind;^^ *First scene on the west wall, lower row; Marie tte, Deir-el-Bahari, 6 below; Mariette, Voyage dans la haute Egypte, II, 63; Dumichen, Historische Inschriften, II, 11; Dumichen, Fleet of an Egyptian Queen, i; Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 72> 73- t>Lit., ''maker 1 io6 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE III & QUEEN [§253 showing that a propitiatory offering is being made ashore as they leave.* Inscriptions 253. ^Sailing in the sea, ^beginning^ the goodly way toward God's- Land, journeying ^in peace to the land of Punt, by ^the army of the Lord of the Two Lands, according to the command^ Sof the Lord of Gods, Amon, lord of Thebes, presider over Karnak, ^in order to bring for him the marvels of ^every country, because he so much loves ^the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, [Makere (Hatshepsut)],^ «>for his father Amon-Re, lord of heaven, lord of earth, ^°more than the other kings "who have been ^*in this land ^3forever. II. RECEPTION IN PUNT* 254. The voyage has been safely made, and the expedition has landed. Scene^ On the right the ^^ king' s-messenger^^ advances at the head of his soldiers. A pile of necklaces, hatchets, daggers, etc., before him, ostensibly an offering to Hathor, are for trade with the Puntites, whose chief, "Perete," advances from the left to meet the Egyptians. Behind him follow his abnormally fleshy wife,* "E^i," their children — two sons* ^Cf. Erman, Aegypten, 675. Henu in the Eleventh Dynasty made a similar offering as he dispatched his Punt expedition (I, 432; see also III, 423). ^Lit., "taking the head 0} the way" cSee Oracle, § 285. monkeys, *°dogs, ^'and "with skins ^^of the southern panther, ^^^ith natives and ^stheir children. Never was brought ^^the like of this for any king who has been since the beginning. ^South wall, uppermost row; first scene on the west wall, upper row; Mariette, Deir-el-Bahari, 5 and 6; Diimichen, Historische Inschrijten, II, 9 and 12; Fleet of an Egyptian Queen, 2; Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 69 above, and 74 below. ^At the left, over the scene of the traffic. cA guess; the words are broken away, and some similar exclamation on the part of the men carrying the trees is to be expected. Note the Puntites represented as speaking Egyptian! ^Words of a second man. ^Fragments of the Punt wall show the felling of the ebony trees, with the inscription: "CtUting the ebony in great qtiantities*' (Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 70). ^ Sweet wood, used in making incense. no EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE IH & QUEEN [§266 V. THE RETURN VOYAGE* Scene^ 266. Three vessels under full sail, with the cargo enu- merated in § 265. Inscriptions^ over the Vessel Sailing, arriving in peace, journeying to Thebes^ with joy of heart, by the army of the Lord of the Two Lands, with the chiefs of this country® behind them. They have brought that, the Hke of which was not brought for other kings, being marvels of Punt, because of the great- ness of the fame of this ^revered god, Amon-Re, Lord of Thebes.^ VI. PRESENTATION OF THE TRIBUTE TO THE QUEEN BY THE CHIEFS OF PUNT, IREM, AND NEMYEW^ Scene^ 267. At the right the cartouches of the queen, badly defaced; approaching from the left, two lines of men with gifts, led by four lines of kneeling chiefs, being the chiefs of Punt (two lower lines), ^^the chiefs of Irem^^' (upper middle line) and ^^the chiefs of Nemyew^^^ (Nm^yw, upper line, negroes). Behind them approach Egyptians and Puntites with myrrh trees and other products of Punt. ^Mariette, Deir-el-Bahari, 6; Voyage dans la haute Egypte, II, 63; Diimichen, Historische Inschriften, 13; Fleet of an Egyptian Queen, 3; Naville, Deir-el- Bahari, III, 75. ^At the right of the vessels loading. ^Beginning at the right. ^This scene is therefore upon the Nile, not upon the Red Sea. ePunt. ^Restored by Ramses II, supposing that the name of Amon had been here erased by Amenhotep IV. In reality, it was the name of Hatshepsut which had been erased. gMariette, Deir-el-Bahari, 6; Diimichen, Historische Inschriften, 14, 15; Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 74 and 76. ^Over the loading of the ships and the return voyage. iThe location of these two countries is uncertain; Nemyewis entirely unknown, and it is a question whether Irem is one of the inland Nubian countries or on the Red Sea coast north of Punt. §27i] THE PUNT RELIEFS iii Inscriptions^ 268. ' [Kis]sing the earth to Wosretkew^ (Hatshepsut) by the chiefs of Punt ^ the Nubian Troglodytes of Khenthen- nofer, every country — of 3 doing obeisance with bowed head, bearing their tribute to the place where her majesty (fern.) is •» ways not trodden by others s every country is dominion of her majesty and counted ^ lord of Thebes, as tribute each year ^^which her father Amon fappointed"!] for her, ^who hath set all the lands beneath her sandals, living forever. Over the Chiefs of Punt^ 269. They say as they pray for peace from her majesty (fern.): ''Hail to thee, king (sic) of Egypt, Re (fem,),^ who shines like the sun, your sovereign, mistress of heaven . Thy name reaches as far as the circuit of heaven, the fame of [Makere (Hatshepsut) J^^ encircles the f sea^] . VII. THE QUEEN OFFERS THE GIFTS TO AMON^ ' Scene 270. The queen stands at the left; before her the products of Punt and Irem (lower row), brought back by the expedi- tion, mingled with those of Nubia (upper row). Before the Queen 271. The King himself, the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Ma- kere (Hatshepsut) ; presentation^ of the marvels of Punt, the treasures » *By the queen's cartouches. ^he queen's Horus-name: "Mighty in bo's. cMore probably a short lacuna here. ^Referring to Amon. «The remains of a similar inscription are visible over the chiefs of Nemyew. ^Feminine; cf. the similar "female Horus" (obelisk-base, south, 1. i, § 314; Senmut statue, § 354; etc.). gTraces of the cartouche in Naville, (PI. 74); the determinative for "sea" is also probable, and suits the context admirably. hMariette, Deir-el-Bahari, 7, 8; Dumichen, Historische Inschrijien, II, 16, 17; Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 77, 78, and 80. iAn absolute infinitive used as the title of the scene, the preceding royal name being the date. 112 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§272 of God's-Land, together with the gifts of the countries of the South, with the impost of the wretched Kush,^ the baskets of the Negro-land, to^ Amon, lord of Thebes, presider over Karnak, for the sake of the life, prosperity, and health of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Makere (Hatshepsut), that she may hve, abide, and her heart be joyful; that she may rule the Two Lands like Re, forever. By the Trees ^ 272. Thirty-one fresh myrrh trees, brought as marvels of Punt for the majesty of this god, Amon, lord of Thebes; never was seen the like since the beginning. Under the Trees^ Electrum; eye-cosmetic; throw-sticks of the Puntites; ebony; ivory, Tshellsi {k^ S). With Panther^ A southern panther alive, captured® for her majesty (fem.) in the [south] countries. Miscellaneous Objects Electrum;^ many panther-skins; 3,300 (small cattle) .^ Vin. WEIGHING AND MEASURING THE OFFERINGS^ 273. This scene is closely connected with the preceding presentation scene, of which it forms the unbroken continua- tion. It is accompanied by the following descriptive text:* ^By an evident emendation. cLower row. ^Construe with "presentation.'* ^Upper row. ^Lit., "brought" (ynyy); it is regularly used of prisoners and apparently also of wild beasts, e. g., also the lions captured by Amenhotep III (§ 865). Two more panthers show fragments of a similar inscription. ^With four chests, probably made by Thutiy (§376, 1. 31). gOver a gap among these oflferings is the inscription recording the Asiatic campaign of Thutmose II (§125). ^On the right of the preceding scene in two rows; Mariette, Deir-el-Bahari^ 8; Diimichen, Historische Inschriften, II, 18, 19; Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 79, 81, 82. iAt the extreme right in five columns, behind the figure of Thutmose III offering incense (Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 82). § 277] THE PUNT RELIEFS 113 274. ^The king himself, the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Makere (Hatshepsut).* Taking the measure (hk't) of the electrum, laying the hand on the •" — ^ of the heaps, first instance of doing the good things. Measuring of the fresh myrrh unto Amon, lord of Thebes, lord of heaven, the first of the harvest ^ of the marvels of the countries of Punt. The lord of Khmimu (Thoth) records them in writ- ing; Sefkhet counts the numbers. Her^ majesty (fem.) sherself, is acting with her two hands, the best of myrrh is upon all her Umbs, her fra- grance is divine dew, her odor is mingled with Punt, her skin is gilded *= with electrum, ^shining as do the stars^ in the midst of the festival-hall, before the whole land. There is rejoicing by all the people; they give praise to the lord of gods, ^they laud Makere (Hatshepsut) in her divine quahties, because of the greatness of the marvels which have happened for her. Never did the like happen under any gods^ who • were before, since the beginning. May she be given fife, like Re, forever. Measuring Scene^ 275. Two huge heaps of myrrh are being scooped into measures by four men; a fifth, whose figure has been care- fully erased, is Hatshepsut's favorite, ^Hhe scribe and steward, Thutiy^^ (§§369 ff.), who is keeping record of the measure for the queen; while the god Thoth at the extreme right performs a similar office for Amon. Over the Myrrh Heaps 276. Heaps of myrrh in great quantities. Over the Men Measuring 277. Measuring the fresh myrrh, in great quantities, for Amon, lord of Thebes; marvels of the countries of Punt, treasures of God's- |, Land, for the sake of the life, prosperity and health .^ aThe date. ^Read -s for -/. cA bold figure referring to the yellow hue of the women of ancient Egypt. ^Yellow stars painted on a blue field form a common ceiling decoration. For comparison of the king with a star, not so common as with the sun, see I, 510 ff., 1. 2. eThat is, "kings" ^Lower row (Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 79). gThe queen's name has been erased. 114 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§278 Bejore Thoth 278. Recording in writing, reckoning the numbers, summing up in millions, hundreds of thousands, tens of thousands, thousands and hundreds; reception of the marvels of Punt, *for Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, lord of heaven.* Weighing Scene^ 279. A huge pair of balances piled on one side with com- mercial gold in large rings, against weights in the form of cows on the other side, is presided over by the gods Horus and Dedun of Nubia,^ standing at the left. At the right is Sefkhet, the goddess of letters, keeping record. Round and cow ^^ weights j^^ and quantities of ^'eledrum^^ in bars and rings, are piled up beside the balances. Over the Balances 280. The balances, accurate and true, of Thoth, which the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, [Makejre (Hatshepsut), made for her father, Amon, lord of Thebes, in order to weigh the silver, gold, lapis lazuli, malachite, and every splendid costly stone, for the sake of the life, pros- perity, and health of her majesty (fem.) .^ Under the Balances 281. Weighing the gold and electrum, — the impost of the south- ern countries, for Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, , presider over Kamak A Before Sefkhet 282. Recording in writing, reckoning the numbers, summing up in milUons, hundreds of thousands, tens of thousands, thousands, and hundreds. Reception of the marvels of the South countries, for Amon, lord of Thebes, presider over Kamak. ^Amon is here not properly restored by Ramses II; see end of 9. ^Upper row (Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 8i). ^Because the gold comes from Nubia. ) used long before of exploring unknown countries in the Old Kingdom by Harkhuf (I, zZh 334) and employed again by the queen in her speech (§294, 1. 11). dRead r for yr. ^ Hatshepsut's people. elsis. 8Lit., ^'because of." ii8 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE IH & QUEEN [§289 that they might give ^^to thee praise, because thou art a god, because of thy fame in the countries. I know •'them'', I am their wise lord, r — ^1 I am the begetter, Amon-Re ; my daughter, who binds the lords,- is the king [Makere] (Hatshepsut). I have begotten her for myself. I am thy father, who sets thy fear ^ 'among the Nine Bows, while they come in peace to all gods. They have brought all the marvels, every beautiful thing of God's-Land, for which thy majesty^ sent them : heaps of ^^gum of myrrh, and enduring trees bearing fresh myrrh, united in the festival-hall, to be seen of the lord of the gods. May thy majesty cause them to grow.^ my temple, ^^in order to deUght my heart among them. My name is before the gods, thy name^ is before all the living, forever. Heaven and earth are flooded with incense; odors are in the Great House. Mayest thou offer them to me, pure ^°and cleansed, in order to express the ointment for the divine limbs, to offer myrrh, to make ointment, to itiake festive my statue with neck- laces, while I am making ^^Ubations for thee. My heart is glad because of seeing thee." ^ X. FORMAL ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE SUCCESS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE COURT ^ Scene 289. The queen is enthroned at the left in a splendid kiosk, and before her are the figures of three noblemen (see § 348). All the figures have been hacked out. ^Feminine ! The t of the second feminine singular suffix is visible under the scourge; the t of "fnajesty" (hn't) should be over the scourge, as in 1. 18. ^The verb is s'rwd'k^ with nominal subject (sdm'k ^ form, Sethe, Verbum, II, § 434). cRead: rn't pw. That this is the proper emendation is shown by the Semneh inscription of Thutmose III (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 52, &, line before goddess). dThe remainder, consisting of four short and two long lines, is very fragmentary and contains only the conventional promises of the gods. ®On the south side of the causeway which ascends through the center of the middle terrace. The date and a few random words were published by Dumichen {Fleet of an Egyptian Queen, 18, a); but the first complete text by Naville {Recueil, 18, PI. Ill, corrections, ibid., 19, 212, 213; much better, Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 85, 86. §291] THE PUNT RELIEFS " 119 Inscriptions 290. The texts with the noblemen are as follows: With the First Man I Behold, it was commanded, as follows: **They shall give the court,^ L. P. H., to the hereditary prince, count, wearer of the royal seal, sole companion, chief treasurer, Nehsi,^ to dispatch the army [to] Punt." I With the Two Other Men Over both are the words: "T/te king^s-dignitarieSj the companions oj the court, L. P, iJ.," and over the man in the middle: ^^^ Steward of Amon, Senmttt,^^jthe well-known favorite of the queen (see §§ 345 ff.). The third man bears no individual inscription.*" All three figures have been hacked out by political enemies after the triumph of Thut- mose III. The Long Inscription^ 291 . This is perhaps the most interesting inscription in the Punt series. It furnishes the date ('^year p") when the expedition had already safely returned. The queen, having publicly exhibited the results of the expedition (VIII), and having announced its success to Amon himself (IX), now holds ceremonious court, to announce in a speech from the P *The meaning of the phrase is not clear, but it seems as if ** court" were here used for "decree of the court." ^This man has therefore been identified as *'the king' s-messenger" (§§ 260, 261) who commanded the Punt expedition. But this conclusion does not follow; the word "dispatch" (sby) does not mean to conduct, as we may see in the exactly parallel case of Henu (I, 427 £f.; especially §432, 11. 13, 14), who conducted the expedition only to the sea and then dispatched (sby) it to Punt, returning then, not from Punt, but merely "from the sea." Hence we have no evidence that Nehsi did more than accompany the expedition to the sea, and the " king' s-messenger" is probably a different man. cHe is supposed by Spiegelberg {Recueil, 22, 115-25) to be Thutiy (§§ 369 ff.). din 22 columns before the queen; it has all been more or less hacked out, the last six lines (excluding one phrase) and the upper fourth of lines 6-16 completely so. I20 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§292 throne to her nobles the unprecedented success of the expedition. She glorifies herself as having made a Punt for Amon in Egypt ^ (11. 14 and 16), and exhorts them to main- tain in the future the increased offerings which she has established (11. 8 and 15). This last was apparently the practical purpose of the session. Introduction 292. ^Year 9, occurred the sitting in the audience-hall,^ the king's- appearance with the etef-crown, upon the great throne of electrum, in the midst of the splendors of his*^ palace. The grandees, the com- panions of the court, came to hear; a command was brought, a *royal edict to his*^ dignitaries, the divine fathers, the companions of the king, the grandees: Queen's Speech 293. **I shine forever in your faces through that which my father hath desired.'i Truly, it was greatly my desire in doing, that I should make sgreat him that begat me; and in assigning to my father, that I should make splendid for him all his offerings ; that which my fathers, the ancestors knew not, I am doing as the Great One^ (did) ^to the Lord of Eternity; I am adding increase to that which was formerly done. I will cause it to be said to posterity: 'How beautiful is she. *In the weighing and measuring scene the trees, of which there were three, appear planted in tubs; and again they appear planted in the ground, and thus a ^^Punt" was made for the god. It is possible that not only the trees, but also the terraces of the temple are a part of this "Punt," and that the terraced structure of the temple planted with myrrh trees thus reproduced the "myrrh-terraces." This could not be better described in the text than by calling it "a Punt." The fact that the temple is a reproduction of the small terraced temple of Mentuhotep III does not prohibit us from supposing that the queen was conscious of the resem- blance above noted. The service and equipment of the temple receive some light from the mention of its High Priest, with twelve subordinate priests in four orders (see note, § 679). ^See I, 239, and note. cThese masculine pronouns simply represent the word "king" here, {^ h ^- stny and Sps'w-stny is what is meant), and do not refer personally to the queen. d" I shine as king, because my father Amon willed it so." ^" Great One" is feminine and means Isis, referring to that which Isis did for the deceased Osiris, "the Lord of Eternity." § 295] THE PUNT RELIEFS 121 through whom this has happened,' because I have been so very excellent to him, and the heart* sof my heart* has been replete with that which is due to him. I am his splendor ^on high, and in the nether worW. I have entered into the qualities of the august god, he hath opened ^ . He hath recognized my excellence, that I speak a great thing fwhichi I set among you; it shall shine for you upon the land of the Hving 7 ye may grasp my virtues. I am the god, the beginning of being, nothing fails that goes out of my mouth, beloved 8 that which he desired. Ye shall fulfil according to that which I have exacted. Your lifetime is the hfe ^that isi in my mouth^ •" 1 ^ for the future. I have given a command of my majesty that the offerings of him who begat me should be made splendid, that the ointment should be increased " of prime ointment of the pure ox, in order to supply with offerings " >> Punt Expedition Commanded 294. ** fa decree ofi] my majesty commanding to send to the Myrrh- terraces, to explore his ways Hot him,! to learn his circuit, to open his highways, according to the command of my father, Amon. " for choice ointment, in order to express ointment for the divine limbs, which I owed to the lord of gods, in order to estabUsh the laws of his house. Trees were taken up in God's-Land, and set in the ground in '3[Eg)^t]*^ for the king of the gods. They were brought^ bearing m)TTh therein for expressing ointment for the divine limbs, which I owed to the lord of Gods." Punt in Egypt 295. Said my majesty (fem.): *'I will cause you to know that which is commanded me, I have hearkened to my father ^4 that which he hath — commanding me to estabhsh for him a Punt in his *Two different words in Egyptian, but the distinction between them, if any, is not clear; see the thirtieth chapter of the "Book of the Dead." One expects "for his heart." ^My words control your lives? cThe pits in which certain trees had been planted were found by the Fund excavations before the lower terrace at the inner end of the dromos. They con- tained earth and tree stumps which proved to be of the Mimusops, that is, the Persea (Naville, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 37, 52). dRead: yn'tw. 122 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE III & QUEEN [§296 house, to plant the trees of God's-Land beside his temple, in his garden, according as he commanded. It was done, in order to endow the offerings which I owed. ^5 I was [not] neglectful of that which he needed. Ye shall fulfil according to my regulations without transgression of that which my mouth hath given. He hath desired me as his favorite ; I know all that he loveth; he is a god ^^ his desire and that which he loveth •" — i. I have made for him a Punt in his garden, just as he commanded me, for Thebes. It is large for him, he walks abroad in it."^ ^7 b 22 Hathor, mistress of myrrh; she hath opened to thee (fem.) her two arms with resin , INSCRIPTION OF THE SPEOS ARTEMIDOS*^ 296. In this remarkable document the energetic queen has left a record of her systematic restorations in the temples which had been desolated by the barbarities of the Hyksos, and had remained so down to her reign. There is a refer- ence to the Punt expedition (1. 13), so that the inscription dates from some time after the ninth year. Its references to the Hyksos coincide remarkably with the account of their treatment of the temples as recorded by Manetho. The Hyksos are called ^^ A sialics ^^ (^^mw), and their city is ^^Avaris (h't-w^r't) of the Northland.'' The building of the cliff-temple of Pakht, on whose front the inscription is cut, is mentioned only incidentally with the queen's other pious works. The language is often unusual, and the whole is so badly preserved that there are necessarily many omis- sions in the translation. *Lit., "under it,'* referring to the trees. ^Ll. 17-21 are so completely hacked out that not a sign can be read. cCut high up on the front of the cliff-temple of Pakht, excavated at Benihasan by Hatshepsut and Thutmose III, called Speos Artemidos by the Greeks, Stabl Antar by the modern natives. The inscription was discovered and published by Golenischeff {Recueil, VI, 20; see also ibid., Ill, 1-7). It is in a bad state of pres- ervation, and the copy is evidently a hurried one. §299] INSCRIPTION OF THE SPEOS ARTEMIDOS 123 The Queen's Power 297. ' =^He hath established her great name like the heavens. She hath made excellent the •'records'' of her might o-ver the Red Land of the Goddess of the Mountain^ as far as the rising ^r — 3 set his flame behind the two hill-countries. Restoration of the Temples - 298. The altars are opened, the sanctuaries ^are enlarged — the desire of all gods; every one is in possession of the dwelling which he has loved, his ka rests upon his throne . . . s their colonnades ^ ^ Every [statue] is overlaid on its body with electrum of Emu.^ Their feasts are permanent at the division of the time, 'the festival offering fis made^] at its time by the Tauthority"* of the command of my^ maker; the regulations of the commandant are perpetuated, which he made in this ^ . My divine heart searches for the sake of the future; [my] heart — that which it had not known forever, because of the command which the hidden persea tree, lord of myriads (of years), communicates. The Queen^s Piety and Power 299. 9l have made bright the truth which he loved, [I] know that he Uveth by it (the truth) ;® it is my bread, I eat of its brightness,^ I am "a Hkeness from [his] limbs, one with him. He hath begotten me, to make strong his might in this land. — lord"! — Atum "in — ; Khepri doing that which Re exacted at the foundation (of the world). The lands together are under my authority, the Black and the Red are under my authority. "My fame makes the great ones of the countries to bow down, while the uraeus upon my forehead — s all lands. The ^See Sinuhe, I, 493, 1. 15. ^The passage refers to rebuilding the temples. ^Written here ^m'> mw; cf. Miiller, Asien und Europa, 119. «iBeginning with 1. 7, the first person appears and continues to the end of the inscription, the queen being the speaker. ein the sun-hymn of Sute and Hor (British Museum, 826, 1. 16), Sute says to the sun-god, "/ acted as an effective leader among thy monuments, performing the truth of thy heart, I know thou restest in truth." ^An extraordinary idea, but clearly in the text. sDoubtless a verb of subjugating or the like. 124 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§300 land of ^^Reshu* and the land of Yu,^ they cannot rhideT from my maj- esty; Punt is mine, and the fields of ^^sycamore bearing fresh myrrh, the highways which were closed up, and the two ways. ^sMy soldiers smote that which was ^ ^ since my appearance as king. Restoration of the Temple of Cusae 300. The temple of the Mistress of Cusae *^ which had begun to fall to ruin, the ground had swallowed up its august sanctuary, so that the children played upon its house; ^'the serpent,*^ it caused no fear; the poor counted the ^ — "• in the rcoveringi,® ^^no processions rmarchedi. I adorned it, having been built anew, I overlaid its image with gold; '9in order to protect its city Building of the Temple of Pakht 301. Pakht the great, who traverses the valleys in the midst of the eastland, *°whose ways are fstorm-beateni I made her temple with that which was due *'to her ennead of gods. The doors were of acacia wood, fitted with: bronze. ^ '"at the seasons. The priests knew this; her city r "• ^ ^^l made divine their temples, furnished with that which comes forth •" — "• ^ . . . »4 — the offering- table fwas wrought^] with ^ssilver, and gold, chests of linen, every vessel that abides in the place Restoration of an Unknown Temple^ 302 *^ in whose house there was no understanding; the divine fathers *^ He gave readiness to the arms of the god.^ I built his great temple of limestone of Ayan, its r — ^1 were *^of alabaster of Hatnub, the doors were of copper, the ■" — '^ »22 3-3f 3 w probably for R '-if ^-ty; see Miiller, Asien und Europa, 133. ^Fourteenth nome of Upper Egypt, whose goddess was a local Hathor. dPerhaps referring to the serpent of the goddess. ^Possibly: ^^The poor counted the breaches in the wall;" but this is a mere guess. 'Nearly one-half line. 8The paragraph deals with another divinity and his temple; it is not clear who he may be. ^This must refer to the queen herself. §3033 INSCRIPTION OF THE SPEOS ARTEMIDOS 125 thereon were of electrum, splendid with " Him-of-the-Two-Lof ty- Feathers."* •" "• . I [honorjed ^^the majesty of this god with feasts f t the feast of Thoth; I added to him ["offerings"'] anew 3° I doubled for him the offerings, an 3iincrease upon that which had been previously; as I did for the Eight, for Khnum in [all] his forms, for Heket, Renenet and 32Meskhenet together, in order to build [Neh]emewi and Nehebkew, 33 great in 34walls, and in foundation. I equipped it; I made it festive, I gave houses to the lord 3Swhom Amon has made to appear as king himself upon the throne of Horus. Restoration of the Desolation of the Hyksos 303. Hear ye, all persons! ye people as many as ye arel I have done this according to the design of my 36heart.^ I have restored that which was ruins, I have raised up that which was unfin- ished^ 37since the Asiatics (^ ^ mw) were in the midst of Avaris of the Northland, and the barbarians'^ were in the midst of them, 38overthrow- *Lit., "the lofty of two feathers," a title of Min, a figure of whom was there- fore on the door. The ^'shadow,*' which was often put on the door, has the deter- minative of Min's figure; hence there is no doubt that it is such a "shadow," which is meant here. ^This rare phrase (m ^3]i y^'y) occurs also on the statue of Senmut (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 25, /, correct nh to k), and in a clear passage over vases "of costly stone, which his majesty made according to the design {k^'t) of his own heart" (Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 1187) among ofiFerings of Thutmose III. See Breasted, Proceedings of the Biblical Society of Archeology, May, 1901, 237. ^3tp-h^ty-^, lit., "begun;" cf. use of stp in beginning a journey. ^The same term is applied by Thutmose III to his foes in Lebanon (II, 548). W. M. Miiller {Mittheilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, 1898, Heft 3, p. 7), would recognize in this term {Sm ^ mw or i ^ mw) a class or nationality different from the Hyksos; but if the word means simply strangers (Coptic "shemmo"), as Miiller thinks, it indicates no distinction at all, for the Hyksos were also "strangers." The construction of the whole context shows that it is one of those poetic passages com- mon in such inscriptions, the parallelism is evident: "I have restored that which was ruins, I have raised up that which was unfinished. Since the Asiatics were in the midst of Avaris of the Northland, And the barbarians were in the midst of them." "Them" is therefore parallel with the "Northland," and does not refer to the "Asiatics." That a land or a part of it should be resumed by a plural pronoun is very common in the inscriptions of Egypt. 126 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§304 ing that which was made, while they ruled in ignorance* of Re. He^ did not do according to the divine command until my majesty (fem.). When I was sofirm upon the throne of Re, I was ennobled until the two periods of years ^ f ^ I came as Hor-watit^ ^oflaming against my enemies. I removed the abomination of the great god, [I] captured the land of their sandals.® It is a regulation of the '♦ifathers I have commanded that my [titulary] abide like the moun- tains; when the sun 4«shines, (its) rays are bright upon the titulary of my majesty; my Horus is high upon the standard r — i forever. THE KARNAK OBELISKS^ 304. Of the queen's four obelisks at Kamak, one pair has entirely disappeared from the temple; their position is unknown, and only the summit of one is now preserved in Cairo (§320 and Zeitschrift jilr dgyptische Sprache, 30, PL II); of the surviving pair one still stands behind the great Nineteenth Dynasty hypostyle hall, and the summit of its fallen companion lies near by. Standing Obelisk The standing survivor is now the largest obelisk in Egypt, being 97I feet high.*^ The history of these two important monuments can be followed for a long period. Work upon them was begun on the first of Mechir (sixth month) in the ^M ^w, or it may mean "without." ^A sudden change of number; the individual rukr of the Hyksos is meant. cEach sixty years long. •^Meaning: "the only Horus," and of the feminine gender. ®The land which they trod. ^Inscriptions on standing obelisk: Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 22-24, d; Cham- poUion, Monuments, IV, 314; Notices descriptives, II, 133 ff-; Rosellini, Monu- menti Storici, I, 31 £f. Fallen obelisk: Lepsius, Denkmdler, HI, 24, a-c; Recueil, X, 142; 23, 195 f.; Champollion, Notices descriptives, II, 136. gPetrie, History of Egypt, II, 131 (Naville's statement that they are the largest known (Zeitschrift fur dgyptische Sprache, 37, 52) is an error; the obelisk of Thut- mose III, before the Lateran in Rome, is the highest known; see § 626). §305] THE KARNAK OBELISKS 127 queen's fifteenth year* by Senmut, the queen's favorite (§§ 345 fT.). The quarry work of clearing the enormous shafts from the granite at Assuan was completed on the last of Mesore (twelfth month) of the queen's sixteenth year, seven months after beginning. Transported to Thebes on a huge barge, drawn by a large fleet of galleys (see §§ 322 ff.), they were destined for erection, not before a temple, as is customary, but in the historic hall built between his two Kamak pylons,^ by the queen's father, Thutmose I, the hall where, fifteen years before, her father had been sup- planted by Thutmose III. Whether this fact influenced her in the following procedure is, of course, purely conjectural, but in order to introduce her obelisks into this hall, she broke away the southern wall, removed all the cedar col- umns of Thutmose I on the southern side and four on the northern, of course unroofing all but the northern quarter of the hall,*^ and thus totally dismantling the place, which could no longer be employed for religious ceremonial. 305. A relief "^ on a few fragmentary blocks at Karnak shows the queen presenting two obelisks to Amon of Karnak ; these may be the pair with which we are now dealing. Before the queen is the following inscription: The king himself;^ erection of two great obelisks for her (sic!) father, Amon-Re, in front of the august colonnade, wrought with exceed- ingly plentiful electrum. Their height pierces to heaven, illuminating the Two Lands like the sun-disk. Never was done the like since the beginning; that she might be given life. aBase, north side, § 318, 1. 8. ^IV and V. See § 317, 11. 7-8. cThutmose III restored the northern half (§§ 600-2), and Amenhotep II, the southern (§§ 803 ff.). dFound by Legrain, and reported by Naville at the Congress at Rome (see Revue egyptologique, IX, 108-10); partially published by Naville (Zeitschrift fiir agyptische Sprache, 37, 53) and fully by Naville and Legrain {Annales du Musie Guimet, XXX, PL XII, A). «The relation of this phrase to the following is difficult. 128 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§306 306. On erection, the obelisks were supplied with the usual single, central column of inscription on each face. Later, side columns were added. Some time before the completion of the side-column inscriptions, the obelisks were surrounded by masonry up to the fifth scene from the top, and the inscriptions never were finished (see Sethe, Untersuchungen, I, 54, 55). During the extermination of the Amon cult by Amenhotep IV, he had the name of Amon erased from them,^ and two or three generations afterward the name of the dishonored god was recut by Seti I.^ 307. The inscriptions on the shaft will be clear from the translation below; those of the base are of unusual interest. They furnish the date of the obelisks, viz., the end of the fifteenth and the beginning of the sixteenth year of the queen's reign. Their erection celebrates ^^the first occur- rence^^ of the queen's jubilee, a feast marking the thirtieth anniversary of the sovereign's appointment as crown prince. This would place the queen's appointment fifteen years before her accession to the throne. I. SHAFT inscriptions; middle columns South Side 308. Horns: Wosretkew, King of Upper and Lower ^gypt, Lord of the Two Lands, Makere, brilliant emanation of Amon, whom he has caused to appear as king upon the throne of Horus before the splendors^ of the Great House, whom the great ennead of gods have brought up to be mistress of the circuit of the sun. They have united her with life, satisfaction, and joy of heart before the living; Son of Re, Khnemet- Amon, Hatshepsut, beloved of Amon-Re, king of gods, who is given life, like Re, forever. ^Only down to the surrounding masonry on the standing obelisk (see Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 21 f.). ^Side columns of the shaft inscriptions, south and west sides (§312). ^The meaning of this phrase is clear from the last scene in the Punt reliefs (§ 292, 1. i). I §3ii] THE KARNAK OBELISKS 129 West Side 309. Horus: Wosretkew; Favorite of the Two Groddesses; Fresh in Years; Golden Horus; Divine of Diadems; King of Upper and Lower Egypt: Lord of the Two Lands, Makere. She made (it^) as her monu- ment for her father Amon, lord of Thebes, erecting for him two great obelisks at the august gate (named): ** Amon -is -Great -in -Terror,"^ wrought with very much electrum; which illuminate the Two Lands Hke the sun; never was the like made since the beginning. May the Son of Re, Khnemet-Amon, Hatshepsut, be given life through him, like Re, forever. North Side 310. Like the west side as far as Makere, then: Her father Amon hath established her great name; Makere upon the august Ished tree; her annals are myriads of years, possessing hfe, stability, and satisfaction. Son of Re, Khnemet-Amon, Hatshepsut, beloved of Amon-Re, king of gods . (rWheni) she cele- brated fforT] him the first occurrence of the royal jubilee, in order that she may be given life forever. East Side 311. Like the south side as far as Makere, then: Beloved of Amon. Her majesty (fem.) made the name of her father estabhshed upon this monument, and abiding, when favor was shown to the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, the Lord of the Two Lands, Okheperkere (Thutmose I), by the majesty of this god,*^ when the two great obelisks were erected by her majesty (fem.) on the first occurrence;^ the lord of the gods said: "Thy father. King of Upper and Lower Egypt, gave command to erect obelisks,® and thy majesty (fem.) will repeat^ the monuments, in order that thou mayest live forever." *The obelisk. t'This is the gate of Pylon V. cThe ^^ favor" shown to her father consisted in the honor paid him in that the following oracle of Amon came to the queen regarding her father. dOf the jubilee. «These are the two obelisks before the Karnak pylon of Thutmose I (see §§86ff.)- f That is, she will build obelisks as her father had done. I30 EIGHTEENTH DYN.: THUTMOSE HI & QUEEN [§312 II. SHAFT INSCRIPTIONS; SIDE COLUMNS^ 312. These represent thirty-two oblation scenes, eight on each side of the shaft; of each eight (beginning at the top), the second and seventh represent Thutmose III, the fourth Thutmose I, and the rest the queen, all offering to Amon, with the exception that on the west and south sides Seti I has cut out the queen's name in the fifth scene and inserted the inscription: ^^Son of Re, Seti-Merneptah, who restored the monument oj his father Amon-Re, lord of heaven. ^^^ 313- The pyramidion at the top contains a fourfold rep- resentation of Amon blessing and crowning the queen. *" III. BASE INSCRIPTION Titulary and Encomium oj the Queen 314. ^^Live the female Horus ® daughter of Amon-Re, his favorite, ^his only one, who exists by him, the splendid part of the All-Lord, whose beauty the spirits of Heliopolis fashioned; who hath taken the land hke Irsu/ whom he hath created to wear his diadem, 3 who exists like Khepris (If pry), who shines with crowns like "Him- of-the-Horizon," the pure egg, the excellent seed, whom the two Sor- ceresses^ reared, whom Amon himself caused to appear ^upon his ^These axe later additions. ^This is on the south side; the west side has: "Renewal of the monument, which the lord of diadems, Seti-Merneptah, made." This is the restoration by Seti I of the name of Amon, erased by Amenhotep IV. This erasure is found only in the five upper scenes, showing that the obelisk was surrounded by masonry up to that point; cf. Sethe, Untersuchungen, I, 54, 55. Cf. similar restoration by Seti I, § 878. cSee Sethe's plate {Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 36, PL II). ) of the works [on] *s [in Karjnak, wrought with gold; ^^ chief, of silver, gold, and black copper; ^^ ^ wrought of rcopperi, the great name upon it was of electrum;^ ^^ — [a shrine] of — ^ and ebony, wrought with gold; '9 — a ^chamber fori everything and that which is in its inclosure; ^° — many ofifering- tables of gold, silver, and lapis lazuli, vessels^ and necklaces; 'Hhe making of two doors of copper, of a single stone; the great name upon them being of electrum; ^Hhe erection of a temple of fine Hmestone of Ayan (named): "Thutmose H-is-Divine-of-Monuments;" *3 s of gold, silver, lapis lazuli, malachite, every splendid, costly stone, and every sweet wood.^ ^Amon has been restored, and perhaps where it does not belong. ^Right side; the arrangement of this and the following lines is the same as in the stela of Thutiy (§ 372, 11. 17 ff.; see note); 1. 14 above is numbered 26 in the publication, and is to be understood before all the works enumerated, one in each of the following lines. ^Feminine participle! ®Not silver, as in the publication. ^This monument is a door. ^A kind of wood is broken out. 8The last three words are lost. ^Ll. 24 and 25 are broken oflf, and possibly still a third line. REIGN OF THUTMOSE III THE ANNALS^ 391- This document, containing no less than 223 lines, is the longest and most important historical inscription in Egypt, and forms the most complete account of the military achievements of any Egyptian king. It demonstrates the injustice of the criticism that the Egyptians were incapable of giving a clear and succinct account of a military campaign, for it shows plainly that at least in this reign careful, system- atic records were made and preserved in the royal archives, *They occupy the inside of the walls inclosing the corridor which surrounds the granite holy of holies of the great Karnak temple of Amon. These walls were built by Thutmose III, forming a large sandstone chamber (into which the granite holy of holies was finally inserted by Phillip Arrhidaeus) about 25 meters in length from east to west, and 12 meters wide. The east end was left bare. The Annals, beginning at the northeast corner, read westward along the north wall, and south- ward along the west wall, terminating at the door in the center of this wall. At the other side of this door terminate also the presentation scenes and inscriptions (§§ 541 fif.) which read from east to west along the south wall, and northward along the west wall to the said door. Or, as Mariette says: " apres avoir enjambe sur la parol dans laquelle se trouve la porte d'entree (in middle of east wall) vont se rejoindre en se terminant aux deux scenes d' adoration qui forment I'encadrement de cette porte" (in middle of west wall; scene, Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 30, a. See Mariette, Revue archeologique, i860*, I, N. S., 30). Of the Annals walls, he further says: "EUe se decompose en trois parties qui sont les suivantes: "1°. Un texte de 19 lignes qui se termine par: comtne le soleil a toujour s, ce qui prouve que I'inscription n'allait pas plus loin. (voy. Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 31,6; M. Lepsius n'a connu que 11 lignes; voy. aussi Birch, The Annals of Thothmes III, dans les Archaeologia, Vol. XXXV, 121). "2°. Un seconde chapitre de no lignes qu'une porte laterale (la porte nom- mee Ra-men-Kheper Amen {ouer biou) coupe en deux en laissant 67 lignes d'un c6te (voy. Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 31, 6, 6; ), et 43 de I'autre cote (M. Lepsius n'en donne que 39; voy. ibid., 32; ). "3°. Un troisi^me chapitre de 94 lignes, dont 74 occupent la moitie ouest de la parol nord k la suite des no lignes precedentes, et les 20 dernieres sont gravees sur la parol a gauche de la porte d'entree. Ces 20 lignes sont publiees dans Lepsius, Abih, III, Bl. 30, a Quant aux 74 premieres lignes, elles se decomposent en 54 lignes qui sont a Paris et qui commencent le chapitre (Lepsius, Auswahl^ taf. XII; ), en 6 lignes qui suivent celles-ci et qui sont perdues, et enfin en 163 i64 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE Til [§392 giving a detailed account of each invasion in language indi- cating the strategic operations of the army in each of its many campaigns. 392. The existence of such records is indicated in the account of the first campaign (11. 11, 12, § 433): Now, all that his majesty did to this city, to that wretched foe and his wretched army, was recorded each day by its (the day's) name under the title of: ■" — ^ recorded upon a roll of leather* in the temple of Amon to this day. Elsewhere the king also speaks of ^^ recording for the future^ ^ (§ 568, 1. 22). We even know the official, named Thaneni, who kept these records. His tomb, on the west shore at Thebes, first noticed by ChampoUion, contains, among others, biographical inscriptions in which he states:^ 3* chapitre : 94 lignes 14 autres lignes que M. Lepsius a publi6es imparfaitement (Lepsius, Denkmaler HI, 31, a; )." Mariette then appends the following table summarizing the above: ler chapitre: 19 lignes Lepsius, Den^wa/gr, III, 31, 5 aechaoitre- no lignes/ ^7 lignes . . . Lepsius, Z>m^wa/er, III, 31, 6, 6 ^ ■ '43 lignes . . . Lepsius, Denkmaler y III, 32 6 lignes perdues 14 lignes . . . Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 31, a 20 lignes . . . Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 30, a Total: 223 lignes Mariette gives 233 as the total, but refers to 223 {loc. cU., 32). They are in a very bad state of preservation, the upper courses having mostly disappeared, and with them the upper parts of the vertical lines of the inscription. The translation begins at the extreme northeast corner on the north wall and proceeds to the left. The complete text of the Annals has never been edited together; being scattered through several publications (see conspectus below) none of which is accurate except Bissing. These texts must be supplemented and corrected by fragments in ChampoUion, Notices descriptives, II, 154-58; Young, Hieroglyphics, 41-44; Description de VEgypte, PI. 38 (No. 26, 27, 29); Brugsch, Recueil de monuments, PI. 56, Nos. 5-7; de Rouge, Revue archeologique, N. S., II, PI. 16; Griffith, Corrections from an early copy (about 1825) by James Burton, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, XXXIII, 125. *On the use of leather, which was very common, see Birch, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1871, 104 and 117; and Pietschmann, Leder und Holz als Schreibmaterialien bei den Aegyptern (from Beitrdge zur Theorie und Praxis des Buch- und Bihliothekswesens, Heft 2). ^See ChampoUion, Notices descriptives, I, 487, 831, 832; Brugsch, Thesaurus* V, 1151. §393] THE ANNALS 165 "I followed "the Good God, Sovereign of Truth, King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Menkheperre (Thutmose III); I beheld the victories of the king which he won in every country. He brought the chiefs of Zahi as living prisoners to Egypt; he captured all their cities; he cut down their groves ; no country remained . I recorded the victories which he won in every land, putting (them) into writing accord- ing to the facts. There is no doubt that we have here the author of some of the ephemerides referred to in the Annals.* 393. The character of these ephemerides space will not permit us to discuss here, further than to note that in the account of the first, or Megiddo, campaign (§§4o8ff.) we have a somewhat full excerpt from them, in which the stra- tegic details, like the line of march, the dispositions in battle, etc., are given with such clearness that it is possible to draw a plan of the field of battle. Unfortunately, this fulness in excerpting is confined to the Megiddo campaign, and even toward its end the abbreviation and omission^ already begin. That the excerpts are much abbreviated is distinctly stated in the account of the seventh expedition (1. 13, § 472), with reference to the supplies furnished to the ^^ harbors :^^ *A comparison of the phrases and words used by Thaneni, above, with those of the accounts in the Annals makes this certain. This is evident even in the EngUsh. It is a question whether Thaneni could have been the author of the earliest cam- paign records, for he is still in active service under Thutmose IV (see Recueil, IV, 130), so that, supposing he began with the Megiddo campaign at twenty-five years of age, he would have been over eighty years old at the accession of Thutmose IV, under whom he completed a census of the people and live-stock in all Egypt (see ChampoUion, Notices descriptives, I, 487), which is recorded as follows: "Mustering of the whole land before his majesty, making an inspection of everybody, knowing the soldiers, priests, ^ royal serfs^, and all the craftsmen of the whole land, all the cattle, fowl, and small cattle, by the military scribe, beloved of his lord, Thaneni." On his wide powers, see also the inscription in Brugsch, Recueil de monuments, 66, 2, a. On his tomb, see Bouriant, Recueil, XI, 156-59; ChampoUion, ibid., I, 484-87, 831, 832; further inscriptions also by Piehl, Inscriptions, I, CVII, D- CVIII, E. ^The omission in the later campaigns, evident anyway, may be clearly seen by a comparison with the narrative of Amenemhab (§§574 ff*)- i66 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§394 "They (the supplies) remain in the daily register of the palace, the statemen of them not being given in this inscription, in order not to multiply words.* 394. The excerpting scribe, being a priest, is more inter- ested in the booty than the strategic operations which led to its capture, because this booty was largely given to his temples; hence he pares down his extracts to the meagerest statement of the king's whereabouts, adding a tolerably full summary of the booty and tribute. Indeed, it may be said that, although the king did command that this permanent record of his campaigns should be made on the temple wall, yet the entire record which we call the Annals serves as little more than an introduction to the list of feasts and offer- ings (§§541 ff.) by which the Annals are continued. They merely explain whence came the magnificent offerings to Amon.^ It is therefore frequently impossible to distinguish between a serious campaign *= like' that of Megiddo and mere expeditions for inspection. 395. The conquests recorded in the Annals involved the most serious military projects undertaken by any Egyptian king — ^projects so successfully carried out by Thutmose III that he is to be regarded as unquestionably the greatest military leader of ancient Egypt. Thutmose I had been able to march to the Euphrates without meeting any serious *This register of daily supplies is, of course, not the ephemerides of Thaneni; but the fact of excerption is equally clear, nevertheless. This interesting statement finds a parallel in the tomb of Hui, where it is said concerning his praises: "One mentions them (one) time (each) by its name, (for) they are too numerous to put them in writing" (L^psius,. Denkmdler, III, iiy =Denkmdler, Text, III, 302). ^There is on this same wall a relief showing Thutmose III presenting to Amon a magnificent array of costly gifts in gold and silver. Many of the objects men- tioned in the Annals may be seen here (ChampoUion, Monuments, IV, 316, 317; and Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 1185 ff.). The whole scene is of the greatest interest (H 543 ff-)j it also contains the two obelisks of § 624.- cThe word regularly used (wdy't) really means "expedition." §397] THE ANNALS 167 coalition of his foes, so far as we know. The results of his conquest had not been permanent; that is, they could not endure indefinitely without further campaigning, especially in the extreme north. This Hatshepsut had not done, although the Lebanon or a part of it was still held in the year 15. Then the kingdom and city of Kadesh, on the upper Orontes, quietly organized a formidable revolt, which united all Egypt's Asiatic enemies from Sharuhen on the south to the Euphrates on the north. It is clear also that the powerful kingdom of Mitanni assisted this general revolt with men and means. For the Mitannian king natur- ally feared to see the armies of the Pharaoh in Naharin at his very threshold. Early in the year 23, Thutmose III met and overthrew the allied Syrians at Megiddo, which he besieged and captured, and although he marched northward to the southern end of Lebanon, he was far from able to reach and punish Kadesh. But he established a fortress in the southern Lebanon, to prevent another southward ad- vance by the king of Kadesh, and then returned home. 396. Of the next eighteen years the summers of sixteen were spent campaigning in Syria, making a total of seven- teen campaigns. The next three campaigns (2, 3, and 4) are meagerly recorded,^ but in the year 29, on the fifth campaign, we find the king plainly making preparations for the conquest of Kadesh, by first securing the coast and getting possession of the harbors of Phoenicia. He then returned to Egypt for the first time by water, and hereafter the army is regularly transported to Syria by the fleet. 397. The next year, therefore, the king disembarked his aThe decree of Harmhab incidentally shows that Thutmose III was back in Egypt each year by the time of the feast of Opet(1, 58, 11. 29-31), early in October. See Breasted, Zeitschrift fur dgyptische Sprache, 39, 60, 61. l^The record of the fourth is lost. i68 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IH [§399 army in some Phoenician harbor, and marched upon Kadesh, which he captured and chastised, returning then to the coast at Simyra, and going north to punish Arvad again. The foothold in north Syria necessary for an advance into the Euphrates country had now been gained, and Kadesh, the dangerous enemy who would have threatened his rear on such a march, had been subdued. The next year (31) was therefore spent in equipping the Phoenician harbors with supplies and quelling any smouldering embers of rebellion there. 398. It was not until the second year (33) after these preparations that the great king landed in Phoenicia for his march into the heart of Naharin. Already in the year 24, as a result of the great Megiddo victory, the king of Assur had sent presents, but now the Egyptians were again to plunder the Euphrates countries — a feat which had not been repeated since Thutmose I. The long and arduous march* was successfully made, the king of Mitanni, who had, with Kadesh, been the heart and soul of the Syrian resistance, was totally defeated, Carchemish^ was reached and taken, the Euphrates was crossed, and at last Thutmose III sets up his boundary tablet, marking the northern limits of his empire, beside that of his father, Thutmose I. Before he has left the region the envoys from the king of Babylon and the king of the Hittites, having doubtless started at the news of his invasion, appear with their gifts. On his return to the coast the king arranges that the princes of Lebanon shall keep the harbors supplied with all provisions. 399. The conquest of all Syria has consumed exactly ten ^On the arrangements of Thutmose Ill's herald Intef, to provide the king with a dwelling, supplies, etc., on such marches, see the Stela of Intef (§§ 771, 11. 24-27). ^Amenemhab, § 583. §4oil THE ANNALS 169 years, but revolt has still to be reckoned with. Only a voyage of inspection along the Phoenician coast was required in the next year (34), but the revolt of the king of Mitanni called Thutmose into Naharin in the following year, and after a decisive defeat the people of Naharin were again brought under the Egyptian yoke. The records of the next two years (36 and 37) are lost, but in the year ^S we find the king punishing the princes of the southern Lebanon region, in order to protect the road north between the Leba- nons. On this occasion, for the first time, he receives gifts from the prince of Cyprus, and also Arrapachitis, the later Assyrian province. 400. The punishment of the raiding Bedwin of southern Palestine forms a preliminary to the usual journey of inspec- tion in the next year (39), and the record of the next two years (39 and 40) is too fragmentary to show more than that the tribute was paid as usual. 401 . Finally, the long series of revolts in Syria culminates in a last desperate rebellion, in which Thutmose's arch- enemy, the source of most of his trouble in Syria, Kadesh, is the leader. Naharin sends allies, and Tunip likewise, so that the whole of north Syria, at least inland, is again combined against Thutmose. In the year 42 he proceeded first against Tunip, and after its subjugation besieged Kadesh, which was finally captured. Thus the nearly twenty years of Syrian campaigning was concluded, as it had begun, by the humiliation of Kadesh, which during all that time had been Egypt's thorn in the flesh. This last down- fall was final; Kadesh no longer stirred revolt in Syria,* and Thutmose III could relax his ceaseless efforts continued during seventeen campaigns. *When the campaigns of the Nineteenth Dynasty begin in northern Syria, it is Tunip, the old ally of Kadesh, that plays the leading role. I70 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IH [§402 402. The extent of these campaigns is further indicated by two lists of conquered Asiatic cities left by Thutmose III in the great Karnak temple. Those belonging to the first campaign, preserved in triplicate,^ are 119 in number, and embrace, in general, the region from the northern limits of Palestine southward an uncertain distance into Judea (southern Judea being at that time already under Egyptian control; cf. Mliller, Asien und Euro pa, 144, 154, 155), as well as Damascus and its district. Many Old Testament names have been recognized in it. It is introduced by the superscription: ' List of the countries of Upper Retenu which his majesty shut up in the city of Megiddo {My-k-ty) the wretched, whose children his majesty brought as hving prisoners to the city of Suhen-em-Opet,^ on his first victorious campaign, according to the command of his father Amon, who led him to excellent ways. The third copy of the list (Mariette, Karnak, 19) has the same superscription, with the variant: to the city of Thebes, in order to fill the storehouse*^ of his father Amon, [presider over] Karnak, on his first, etc. The second copy of the list has a different superscription : aThe first copy is on the west side of the Pylon VI, north end; the other two are, one on the north side and the other on the south side of the Pylon VIII, Baedeker's Karnak, or the Vllth, Mariette, Karnak). Text: ibid., 17-20; impor- tant corrections by GolenischefiE, Zeitschrift jiir dgyptische Sprache, XX, Pis. V and VI, and more fully by Maspero, Recueil, VII, 94-97. Treatments by Maspero, Zeitschrift fiir agyptische Sprache, XXIX, 11 9-31, and Muller, Asien und Europa, 156-64, 144, and 154 f.; less critical Tomkins, Transactions of the Society of Bib- lical Archceology, IX, 257-80 (with text). ^Swhn m Yp't means "Castle {or Prison) in Thebes." a place of confinement or dwelling for the foreign princes residing in Thebes as hostages. In the sixth campaign (§ 467) the purpose of thus keeping them is given. cit is not infrequently distinctly stated that such disposal was made of these children; cf. Building Stela of Amenhotep III, front, 11. 6, 7 (§ 884), and Papyrus of Capture of Joppa, III, 11. 11, 12, where, after the fall of the city, Thutiy says to Thutmose III: "Let people come, to take them as captives; fill thou the house of thy father Amon-Re, with male and female slaves." §405] THE ANNALS 171 All inaccessible lands of the marshes of Asia,* which his majesty- brought as living captives they had never been trodden by the other kings, beside his majesty — , a title which would indicate that some of the places belong farther north than the limits above indicated. 403. The second list^ embraced 248 names (of which many are lost) of cities in northern Syria and also perhaps as far east as the Chaboras River,*" but our geographical knowledge of this region is too meager as yet to identify any number of the places included. 404. In addition to these materials the great list of "Feasts and Offerings from the Conquests" (§§ 547 ff.), the Build- ing Inscription of the Karnak Ptah-Temple (§§ 609 ff.), the king's obelisks (§§6295.), and his "Hymn of Victory" (§§655 ff.), furnish important references to the campaigns. The great portal of Pylon VII at Karnak also bore a long recital of his wars, of which only scanty fragments have survived (§§593 ff.)- 405. The tombs of the contemporary officials in the Theban cemetery also contain very valuable supplementary material. The career of Amenemhab, the most important of these, is translated below (§§574 ff.)- Next to these are the representations in the tomb of Rekhmire (§§76off.), which show many of the objects mentioned in the tribute lists of the Annals, besides a reference to Thutmose Ill's campaigns (§ 755). The tomb of Menkheperreseneb shows aSee also the "Hymn of Victory" (§§ 655 ff.)- ^On the Pylon VIII at Karnak as an appendix to the third copy of the first list (Baedeker's Karnak; seventh in Mariette, Karnak; cf. B, 252, Mariette). Text: Mariette, Karnak, 20, 21; Tomkins, Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archceology, IX, Pis. Ill, IV; the best treatment, Miiller, Asien und Europa, 286- 92; Tomkins, ibid., IX, 227-54, depends too much on modern names for his identi- fications. cSee Miiller, Asien und Europa, 287. 172 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§406 the tribute of Asia (§§ 772 ff.). The tomb of Puemere con- tains a relief showing the reception of tribute from ^^the ends of Asia^^ (§ 385), and that of Imnezeh^ (F ^ m-ndh) a similar scene of tribute from ^^Retenu the wretched.''^ Finally, among the most interesting of these contemporaries is the court herald, Intef, who tells how he preceded Thutmose III on the march and prepared the Syrian palaces for his reception (§§771, U. 24-27). CONSPECTUS OF CAMPAIGNS 406. FIRST CAMPAIGN, YEARS 22 AND 23 (§§408-43, 593 ff., 616) (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 31, b, 11. 1-67; ibid., Ill, 32, 11. 1-32 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1153-66, 11. 1-79, and 1-2 1; Bissing's unpublished collation.^) Battle of Megiddo ; captured : Megiddo, Yenoam, Nuges, Herenkeru; built fort in Lebanon; tribute and booty of these. [second campaign] year 24 (§§444-49) (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 32, 11. 3 2-39 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1166- 68, 11. 21-28; Bissing's unpublished collation.) Tribute of Assur and Retenu. [third campaign] YEAR 25 (§§450-52) (Mariette, Karnak, Pis. 28 and 31.) Plants of Retenu. [fourth campaign, YEARS 26-28] (§453) Lost. ^Memoir es de la mission frangaise au Caire, V, 356 f. ^This is incorporated in the Berlin Dictionary, and I owe to von Bissing my sincere thanks for permission to use it. §4o6] CONSPECTUS OF CAMPAIGNS 173 FIFTH CAMPAIGN, YEAR 29 (§§454-62) (Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 1-7; Mariette, Karnak, 13, 11. i-6=Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1168-70, 11. i-7 = Bissing, Statistische Tajel, 11. 1-7.) Second caption; campaign in Zahi; capture of ^^W^ •" ^^"; sacrifice to Amon; spoil of city; capture of Arvad; list of tribute received "^w this expedition ;^^ sailed home. SIXTH CAMPAIGN, YEAR 30 (§§463-67) (Lepsius. Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 7-9; Mariette, Karnak, 13, 11. 7, 8 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 11 70, 11 71, 11. 7-9 = Bissing, Statistische Tajel, 11. 7-9.) Capture of Kadesh; tribute of Retenu; punishment of Arvad. [seventh campaign], year 31 (§§468-75) (Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 9-17 ; Mariette, Karnak, 13, 11. 9-i6=Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1 171-73, 11. 9-i7 = Bissing, Statistische Tajel, 11. 9-17.) Capture of UUaza; tribute of Retenu; supplies for the harbors; harvest of Retenu; tribute of Genebteyew; impost of Wawat. [eighth campaign], year 33 (§§476-87) (Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 17-29; Mari- ette, Karnak, 13, 11. i7-28 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1173-75, H- 17-29 = Bissing, Statistische Tajel, 11. 17-29.) Conquest of Naharin; battle in Naharin; the booty (capture of Carchemish) ; crossing of Euphrates; boundary tablets; tribute of Naharin, supplies for the harbors; tribute of Babylon; tribute of Hittites; Punt expedition; impost of Wawat. [ninth campaign], year 34 (§§488-95) (Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 29-37; Mariette, Karnak, 13, 11. 29-35 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1175-77, 11. 29-3 7 = Bissing, Statistische Tafel, 11. 29-37.) 174 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§406 Surrender of Zahi towns ; tribute of Retenu ; supplies for the harbors; tribute of Cyprus ; impost of Kush and Wawat. TENTH CAMPAIGN, YEAR 35 (§§496-503) (Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 37-41; Lep- sius, Denkmdler, III, 31, o, U. i-3 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 11 77, 11 78, 11. 37-44, and 1. 2 = Bissing, Statistische Tafel, 11. 37-44.) Revolt of Naharin; battle in Naharin, king's booty; army's booty; impost of Kush and Wawat. [eleventh campaign, year 36] (§504) Lost. [twelfth campaign, year 37] (§505) Lost. [thirteenth campaign, year 38] (§§506-15) (Lepsius, Denkmalefj III, 31, a, 11. 3-io=Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1178-81, 11. 2-9.) Capture of Nuges; booty of same; tribute of Syria; harbor supplies; tribute of Cyprus and Arrapakhitis ; prod- ucts of Punt; impost of Kush and Wawat. FOURTEENTH CAMPAIGN, YEAR 39 (§§516-19) (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 31, a, 11. 10-14= Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1181-1182, 11. 9-13.) Defeat of Shasu; Syrian tribute; harbor supplies. [fifteenth campaign, year 40] (§§520-23) (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 30, a, 11. 1-4= Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1 182, 11. 1-4; photograph by Borchardt.) Tribute of Cyprus; impost of Kush and Wawat. [sixteenth campaign, year 41] (§§524-27) (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 30, a, 11. 4-10= Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1182, 1 183, 11. 4-10; photograph by Borchardt.) Tribute of Retenu; tribute of Hittites; impost of Kush and Wawat. 4o8] THE ANNALS: FIRST CAMPAIGN 175 [seventeenth CAMPAIGN, YEAR 42] (§§528-39) (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 30, a, 11. 10-20= Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1183-85, 11. 10-20; photograph by Borchardt.) Campaign against Kadesh; overthrow of Erkatu, Tunip, Kadesh; booty of these; harbor supplies; tribute of un- known country; of Tinay; impost of Kush and Wawat. I. INTRODUCTION 407. ^Horus: ''Mighty Bull, Shining in Thebes; . ^King of Upper and Lower Egypt, ^Lord of the the Two Lands :^ Menkheperre; Son of Re: [Thutmose (III)] .^ 3His majesty commanded to cause to be recorded [his victories which his father, Amon, gave to him, upon^J ^a tablet** in tEe^m5ie~whicE~Tus''mi!jestF made for [his father, Amon^ ' settmg forth eachi]® sexpedition by its SameT^ogethCT^j^ [therein. It was^done according to]^ ^all [^the command^! which his father. Re, gave to him. II. FIRST CAMPAIGN (YEAR 23)*^ 408. This, the most important of Thutmose Ill's cam- paigns in Asia, is fortunately the most fully recorded. The ^Omitted by Brugsch's text. ^The lacking portion of the conventional fivefold titulary may be found passim. ^Restored from Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, second horizontal line (§455). ^Really temple wall; more often this word (wd) means a stela or slab of stone set up by itself. ®This line is unfortunately also broken away in Lepsius, Auswahl der wich- tigsten Urkunden, XII; the restoration is probable, but conjectured. f Restored from Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, second horizontal line. sSeventy-nine short and 21 long vertical lines, beginning at the northeast corner of the passage. Text: Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 31, 6, 11. 167, and ibid., Ill, 32, 11. i-32=Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1 153-166, 11. 1-79 and 1-21. The short lines being next the base have almost all lost a portion of the lower ends, while a large part of the long lines lacks the upper ends and frequently the lower ends, also. ^ 176 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§409 occasion of the campaign was a general revolt among his father's Syrian conquests from Sharuhen to the Euphrates. Fighting had already developed in Sharuhen, which was, of course, too near the Egyptian frontier to venture to make common cause with the revolters; and hence conflict re- •sulted there. We are taken with the king and clearly shown his operations day by day till he overthrows a coalition of practically all Syria at Megiddo, headed by the king of Kadesh. He then besieges and captures Megiddo, but from the surrender of Megiddo on, the record degenerates, as in \all the other campaigns, to little more than a list of spoils. 'Fortunately, this latter part of the campaign is supplemented 'and really continued by the introduction to the list of feasts and offerings^ established on the king's return to Thebes from this campaign. The close of the campaign is there narrated, mentioning a fortress established in the Lebanon, whither the king had marched after the fall of Megiddo, capturing there the three cities at the seaward bend of the Litany River, which we may call the Lebanon Tripolis:^ Yenoam, Nuges, and Herenkeru, commanding the thoroughfare northward between the Lebanons. All this serves merely as an introduction to the splendid feasts of victory cele- brated by the king, as is distinctly stated ^^on his return from the first victorious campaign J ^ The date of these :elebrations is preserved, and enables us for the first and only time to determine the length of an Egyptian campaign ^in Syria. 409. The entire calendar of the campaign, as far as can be determined, is as follows: ^Only the spoil of these cities is enumerated in the Annals, the march thither being entirely ignored. The record of feasts and offerings only mentions them later to say that they were given to Amon. §4io] THE ANNALS: FIRST CAMPAIGN 177 Event In Thani In Gaza; Feast of Coronation .. . Departure from Gaza In Yehem \ In Aruna / Departure from Aruna Arrival before Megiddo Battle of Megiddo Beginning of siege of Megiddo. . . Capture of Megiddo March to Lebanon Capture of Yenoam, Nuges, Herenkeru Construction of fort in Lebanon. . Return to Thebes, not later than Approximate Distance (English Miles) } 160 c. 80 to 90 ? }^- 4 or 5 > at least 75 } over 900 Egyptian Calendar Year of Reign 22d 23d Calen- dar Month 8th 9th (< (( <( <( (( (< <( (( ? ? 2d Day 25th 4th Sth 1 6th 19th 20th 20th 2ISt 2ISt ? ? ? ? 14th Modern Calendar Approximate Date April 19 " 28 May 10 13 14 14 15 15 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? Oct. II 410. In less than 148 days, roughly five months, Thut- mose III fought the Battle of Megiddo, completely invested with a wall the powerful fortress of Megiddo itself, and captured it; marched northward seventy-five miles to the Lebanon region, captured three cities, and built a fortress there; completed the return to the Delta coast and the voyage up-river to Thebes; and celebrated his first feast of victory there. The entire campaign from the departure from Tharu to the arrival in Thebes lasted a maximum of \ 175 days; that is, in five months and twenty-five days fronr the day on which he left Tharu he was celebrating his great Feast of Amon at Thebes. Fortunately, we are able to locate this period approximately in the astronomical calendar and tell in what month he went and returned.^ (See § 409, *For this purpose we have first the Elephantine calendar fragment, which gives the heliacal rising of Sothis in the reign of Thutmose III as the 28th of Epiphi (Young, Hieroglyphics^ 59=Brugsch, Thesaurus, II, 363 = Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 43, e = de Morgan, Catalogue des Monuments, I, 121). Doubt has been cast upon this date, but I have examined the Berlin squeezes, and there is not a shadow of doubt that it belongs to the series of blocks from the reign of Thutmose III. In 178 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§411 last column). It is thus evident that the campaign falls exactly within the limits of the dry season in Palestine.* 411. Beside the celebration in Thebes, the victory was celebrated and recorded in a poetic inscription by the viceroy of Kush, Nehi (§§ 412, 413), at Wadi Halfa.^ It refers to the first campaign, as follows: 412. who (a god) stationed ^°his majesty at the Horns of the Earth, in order to overthrow the Asiatics (Mnt'w-SU). I am the Mighty Bull, Shining in Thebes, Son of Atum, beloved of Montu, ^ ^fighting for his army himself, that the Two Lands may see it; it is no lie. I came forth from the house of my father, the king of gods, Amon, who decrees me victory. 413. '*The king himself, he led the way of his army, mighty at its head, like a flame of fire, the king who wrought with his sword. He went forth, none ^^like him, slaying the barbarians, smiting Retenu (Rtnw'tf sic\)f bringing their princes as living captives, their chariots wrought '4with gold, bound to their horses. The countries of Tehenu do obeisance because of the fame of his majesty, with their tribute upon width of column and height of corresponding signs it is identical with a block bearing the name of Thutmose III. Erman, with whom I examined it, was of the same opinion. Unfortunately, the regnal year is not given; but since my attempt to determine the season of the campaign {Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 37, 127 f.) on the basis of the Sothis date, the new moon dates have been finally estab- lished by Meyer, which modify my series of dates by two days, but corroborate entirely the season as I established it (Meyer, Abhandlungen der Berliner Akadentie, 1904, Aegyptische Chronologie, 49 f.). *Also shown by the fact that the army reaped the grain harvest about Megiddo, after having foraged upon it. From the king's Karnak building inscription (§ 608) we see that he was at home in February after the campaign of the year 24; and the Harmhab decree (III, 58) shows that Thutmose III was accustomed to be at home each year at the feast of Opet early in October after the summer's campaign- ing. The campaign of the year 31 also began in April (§469, 1. 9); the Syrian campaign of Amenhotep II (§§78off.) and the Kadesh campaign of Ramses II (III, 298 ff.) also fell in the dry season (see Zeitschrift fur dgyptische Sprache, 37 y 129). ^On a pillar of the Empire temple. It is dated "year 23" I am indebted for it to a photograph, kindly loaned me by Professor Steindorff, as it is still unpublished. There is in Cairo a fragment of a stela (unpublished, no number) recording the erection of this temple by Thutmose III {"building for him a temple of white sandstone^'), and its endowment with offerings; but only the extreme ends of eight lines are preserved. I am indebted to Schaefer for a copy of it. §417] THE ANNALS: FIRST CAMPAIGN 179 their backs, '5 as do the dogs, that there might be given to them the breath of life. 414. There is here further reference to j^ieking^s personal leading of his army through the mountains and in the Megiddo battle. Furthermore, we see that Libyans came with tribute on the king's return from the campaign. The Annals narrate the campaign as follows: At the Frontier in Tharu 415. Year 22, fourth month of the second season (eighth month), on the twenty-fifth^ day [his majesty was in] ^Tharu {T ^-rw) on the first victorious expedition to [extend] ^the boundaries of Egypt with might Revolt in Asia 416. 9N0W, (at) that period^ fthe Asiatics had fallen into] ^°dis- agreement,! each man [fighting'^] against [^his neighbor^] . ^'Now^ it happened ^that the tribes^ the people, who were there "in the city of Sharuhen {^^-r^-h^-n)\ behold, from Yeraza^ {Y-r^-d^) '3to the marshes of the earth,^ (they) had begun to revolt against his majesty. Arrival in Gaza, Feast of Coronation 417. Year 23, first (month) of the third season (ninth month), on the fourth day,® the day of the feast of the king's coronation, (he arrived) '4at the city, ^the possession of the ruler ,^ Gaza^ (G ^-d ^-tw) . *The day is lacking in Lepsius and Bnigsch, but is preserved by Champollion's early copy (Champollion, Notices descriptives, II, 154). ^Or: "Now, at the time of these ^events, during years'^;" there are traces of the last two words {m rnp'wt) at the end, before the lacuna. ^Restored from the determinative. hk^ ?). 8 About 125 miles from the starting-point in nine days. i8o EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§418 Departure from Gaza 418. [Year 23] ^sfirst month of the third season (ninth month), on the fifth day; departure from this place in might, ^^in power, and in triumph, to overthrow that wretched foe,^ to extend ^'the boundaries of Egypt, according as his father, Amon-Re, '^had commanded 1 that he seize. Arrival at Yehem 419. Year 23, first month of the third season (ninth month), on the sixteenth day, (he arrived) at the city of Yehem (Y-hm). Council of War 420. [His majesty] ordered ^^a consultation with his valiant troops, saying as follows: "That [wretched] enemy, [the chief] ^°of Kadesh (Kd-Sw)j has come and entered into Megiddo (My-k-ty)] he [^is there""] *^at this moment. He has gathered to himself the chiefs of [all] the countries [which are] ^^on the water of Egypt,^ and as far as Naharin (N-h-ry-n)j consisting of [the countries] of ^^the Kharu {H^-rw)^ the Kode (Kdw), their horses, their troops, ^^thus he speaks, 'I have arisen to ["^fight against his majesty!] *sin Megiddo (My-k-ty).* Tell ye me ."^ Advice of the Officers 421. They spoke in the presence of his majesty, "How is it, that [we] should go upon this road, ^^which threatens to be narrow ? While they [•'come''] *^and say that the enemy is there waiting, P"holdi]ing the '9way against a multitude. Will not horse come behind [horse'^ and man behind®] soman likewise ? Shall our [Tadvance-guardT] 3ibe fighting while our [^rear-guardi]^ is yet standing yonder 32in Aruna (^^ -rw-n^) not having fought? There are yet two (other) roads: 33one road, behold, it [will] — us, for it comes forth at 34Taanach ^The king of Kadesh. ^An idiom for "dependent upon" or "subject to." cThe king's demand upon his officers is for information concerning the road, as the subsequent developments show. dSee § 424, 1. 55. ®The end is the restoration of Maspero (Recueil, II, 52) suggested probably by that of Brugsch (Egypt under the Pharaohs, t^SS)- f Maspero, Recueil, II, 52; the determinative of men is still preserved after "rear-guard." §424] THE ANNALS: FIRST CAMPAIGN i8i (T^-^^-n^-k^)j the other, [beholjd, it will [bring us upon] 3sthe way north of 2^fti {Dj-ty)^ so that we shall come out to the north of Megiddo (My-k-ty). 36x^t our victorious lord proceed upon [the road] he desires; ' (but) cause us not to go by a difficult* road." Decision of the King 422. Then — ^ ^SFmessengersi concerning [this] design 39which they had uttered, in view of what had been said l^yi the majesty of the Court, L. P. H.: *'I [swear], as Re loves me, as my father Amon, favors me, as my [nostrils] are rejuvenated with satisfying Hfe, my majesty will proceed upon this road of ^aAruna {^^-rw-n^). Let him who will among you, go upon those 43roads ye have mentioned, and let him who will 44among you, come in the following of my majesty. Shall they think among those ^senemies whom Re detests : ' Does his majesty pro- ceed upon ^^another road ? He begins to be fearful of us,* so will they think." Submission of the Officers 423. 47They spoke before his majesty: ''May thy father Amon, lord of Thebes, presider over Karnak, ''grant thee life^. ■♦^Behold, we are the following of thy majesty in every place, whither [thy majesty] proceedeth; '♦^as the servant is behind [his] master." Departure jrom Yehem 424. 5o[TThen his majesty^] commanded the entire army [^to march^] [upon] 5 1 that road'^ which threatened to be [narrow.*^ His majesty] s^swore, saying: "None shall go forth P"in the wayl] ^abefore my majesty, in ." s4He went forth at the head of his army himself, ^^showing [the wayi] ssby his (own) footsteps;® horse behind^ [horse], [Tiis majestyij^ being s^at the head of his army. *The same word (U ^) is applied to the road upon which the great block for the el-Bersheh colossus (I, 696, 1. i) was brought. It means "inaccessible" or "difficult;'* it is also used by Thutmose III of the celestial road of the sun (§ 141). bVerb lost. cText has an Amon wrongly restored here. ^Ci. 1. 27, above. *Lit., "steps of marching." ^The army here enters the mountain pass. 80r possibly :"['^/^e vanguard,^] being of the best of his army." i82 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§425 Arrival at Aruna 425. Year 23, first month of the third season (ninth month), on the nineteenth day; the watch in [safety]^ 5 7 in the royal tent was at the city of Aruna (^^ -rw-n^).^ sS'^My majesty proceeded northward under (the protection of my) father, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, [who went] 59before me, while Harakhte [strengthened my arms]^ 6°(my) father, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, victorious of the sword "^^over my majesty." Battle in the Mountains 426. [The enemy] went forth ^^'in numerous battle array ^3 The southern wing was in Taa[nach] (T^-^^ [-n ^-k ^]), >;.^C ,,^->^4the northern wing was on the ground south of .^ ^^His fi^' »A majesty cried out to them before ^^they fell; behold, that jT^ wretched foe« ^7 ^^ of [the city of]^ ^^ Aruna (^^-rw-n^). ^Perhaps we should supply: "life, prosperity, and health," as in Ramses II's march to Kadesh (1. i); but above, the said phrase is used after "tent," to express the adjective "royal," and would hardly appear twice in the same phrase. ^Three days after the arrival at Yehem, Aruna, lying in the midst of the moun- tains, is reached. Here they spent the night of the nineteenth and marched on the twentieth (1. 58). ^Restored from § 430, 1. 3. left; text, Mariette, Karnak, 28. <*Showing that T^-ntr (" God* s-Land") is sometimes applied to Asia; same in inscription of Thane ni (§ 820), and in § 888. •Text has: "the souls of my majesty." 194 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IH [§454 VI. FIFTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 29)* 454. The first campaign extended no farther northward than the Tripolis of the southern Lebanon, and this was inland. The second and third campaigns were not aggres- sive, and apparently did not push far north; the record of the fourth campaign is lost, and it is not until the fifth, in the year 29, that we have certain information of an advance beyond the northern limits of the first campaign, and along the coast. This fifth campaign begins with a new caption, as if a new period of the wars had begun here, and it is clear that the revolt suppressed in the south in the year 23 was after six years not yet subdued in the cities of Zahi, which the king had not yet visited. The wars in the Annals are thus divided into two great groups, the first group being in the south, and the second group, beginning in the year 29, being the wars in the north. After the capture of a city the name of which is lost (W^ ), which was supported by troops from Tunip, contained a sanctuary of Amon, and yielded rich plunder, the king proceeded southward and captured Arvad. The rich gardens and fields, now in the season of fruitage, were plundered, and the army spent the days in rioting and feasting. The king seized some Phoenician ships, and the expedition returned by water. This had perhaps been done by earlier expeditions, but the fifth is the first in which it is certain. ^The text here returns to the main sanctuary, where the annals are resumed, beginning at the jog in the north wall (see Mariette, Karnak, PI. 13). Only the lower ends of the lines are still in situ, the rest having been barbarously quarried out by Salt; this section is now in the Louvre. Text of Louvre section and part of lines in situ, Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11, 1-7; lower ends of same lines, Mariette, Karnak, 13, 11, 1-6; both, Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 1168-70, 11. i-7=Bissing, Statistische Ta/el, xxvii f^ U. 1-7. §458] THE ANNALS: FIFTH CAMPAIGN 195 Introduction 455. ^His majesty commanded to cause that the victories which his father [Amon] had given him should be recorded upon the stone wall in the temple which his majesty made anew ffor his father Amon, setting forth each! expedition]t> by its name,^ together with the plunder which his majesty brought therefrom. It was done according to [all the com- mand which his father, Re, gave to him^] . Campaign in Zahi 456. ^Year 29. Behold, [his] majesty was [in Za]hi subduing the countries revolting against him, on the fifth victorious campaign. Capture of Unknown City 457. Behold, his majesty captured the city of Wa (W^ )e This army offered acclamations to his majesty,^ giving praise to ^[Amon] for the victories which [he gave to] his son. They were pleasing to the heart of his majesty above everything. Sacrifices to Amon 458. After this his majesty proceeded to the storehouse of offer- ing[s], to give a sacrifice to Amon and to Harakhte^ consisting of oxen, calves, fowl, [""for the life, prosperity, and health of^i] Menkheperre (Thutmose III), who giveth life forever. ^Horizontal line at the top; cf. same beginning in the introduction to the Megiddo campaign, §407, 1. 3 (=Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 31, 6, 3 ff.). ^Excepting the word "expedition," this part is also broken out in the Intro- duction (1. 5, § 407). ^Apparently this means by its number, for from now on the expeditions are numbered: see year 29. •^Restored from § 407, 1. 6 (=Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 31, h, 1, 6). ®Young shows that the name ended in t. About five or six words are lacking. ^As after the battle of Megiddo. gBissing {Statistische Tafel, XV) makes the obvious comparison with the men- tion of the presence of the gods of Egypt in "Dunip" {Amarna Letters, ed. Winckler, 41, 9, 10) in the Amarna letters. ^Seven or eight words are lacking. 196 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§459 Spoil of the City 459. List of the plunder taken out of this city, from 3 the infantry of that foe of Tunip {Tw-np), the chief of this city, i; (T-h-r-)^ warriors, 329; silver, 100 deben;^ gold, 100 deben;^ lapis lazuli, malachite, vessels of bronze and copper. « The Return Voyage 460. Behold, ships were taken laden with everything, with slaves, male and female ; copper, lead, '"emery"', (and) ^everything good. Afterward his majesty proceeded southward*^ to Egypt, to his father. Amon-Re, with joy of heart. Capture oj Arvad 461. Behold, his majesty overthrew the city of Arvad {^-r^-ty-wt)^ with its grain, cutting down all its pleasant trees.*^ Behold, there were found fthe products^ of all Zahi. Their gardens were filled with their fruit, stheir wines were found remaining in their presses as water flows,® their grain on the terraces^ '"upon — ">; it was more plentiful than the sand of the shore. The army were overwhelmed with their portions. Tribute on This Expedition 462. List of the tribute brought to his majesty on this expedition: 51 slaves, male and female; 30 horses; 10 flat dishes of silver; ^incense, oil, 470 {mn-) jars of honey, 6,428 {mn-) jars of wine, copper, lead, lapis lazuH, green felspar, 616 large cattle, 3,636 small cattle, loaves, various *Text has only " — hr;" I am indebted for the restoration to Erman; see also MuUer {Asien und Europa, 360, n. 5). ^24.37 pounds. cThe return of the king is here prematurely narrated. It was, of course, by water, as the preceding context shows that Phoenician ships were seized for the purpose. ^See § 433 (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 32, 1. 20) where the same was done for Megiddo. «Cf. Bissing, Statistische Tafel, 16 ff., who makes the passage too difficult; and Piehl, Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archceology, 1889-90, 376, whose emendation is not necessary. Precisely the same figure, with the same gram- matical construction occurs in Papyrus Harris (IV, 213 and 216 = 7, ^^ ^^^ ^> 6)- *The sloping fields of the mountain side. §464] THE ANNALS: SIXTH CAMPAIGN 197 (njr t-) loaves, clean grain in kernel and ground . All good fruit of this country. Behold, the army of his majesty was drunk and anointed with oil ^every day as at a feast in Egypt. Vn. SIXTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 30)* 463. This year the expedition went by water and landed at Simyra,^ the most convenient port for reaching Kadesh. This city had been the leader in the great coalition of re- volters, defeated at Megiddo in the first campaign seven years before. It was doubtless also constantly supporting revolt in the Phoenician coast cities, as Tunip had done in the preceding year (29), causing the king to direct his forces thither in that year. Finally in the year 30 the king succeeded in reaching the source of the disturbance, capturing and severely punishing Kadesh,'' a feat in which Amenemhab assisted. He returned to his fleet at Simyra, proceeded to Arvad and punished it as in the preceding year. On his return to Egypt he took with him the children of the native princes to be educated in friendship toward Egypt, that they might be sent back gradually to replace the old hostile genera- tion of Syrian princes. 464. Year 30. Behold, his majesty was in the land of Retenu on the sixth victorious expedition'^ of his majesty. ^Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 7-9, and Mariette, Karnak, 13, 11. 7, 8; Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1170, 1171,11. 7-9; Bissing, Statistische Tajel, 11. 7-9. ^This is not stated in the Annals, but as he returned to the coast at Simyra, and as Simyra was the port nearest Kadesh, the objective of his campaign, there can be little doubt about the place of landing. cAlthough it still remained the center of S5Tian rebellion and revolted again in year 42 (§§ 531, 532). Amenemhab refers to both conquests (§ 585 and §§589^-). dThe word is in this case determined with a ship indicating the manner in which the king proceeded to Syria (cf. Wiedemann, Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, 32, 128; also Bissing, Statistische Tajel, 19). 198 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE III [§465 Punishment of Kadesh and Arvad 465. (He) arrived at the city of Kadesh (Kd-Sw), overthrew it,* cut down its groves, harvested its grain. (He) came to the land of S — y — wi,^ arrived at the city of Simyra (D^-my-r^), arrived at the city of Arvad (^-r^-t-wt), doing likewise^ to it. Tribute 466. List of the tribute ^brought to the souls of his majesty by the chiefs of Retenu in this year. Capture oj Children of Chiefs 467. Behold, the children of the chiefs (and) their brothers were brought to be in strongholds in Egypt.^ Now, whosoever died among these chiefs, his majesty would cause his son to stand in his place. List of the children of chiefs brought in this year: {x-\-)2^ persons; 181 slaves, male and female; 188 horses; 40 chariots, ^wrought with gold and silver (and) painted. VIII. SEVENTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 31)^ 468. The king again directs his attention to the coast cities of Phoenicia, and it is clear that he proceeds thither by water, first capturing UUaza, a coast city in the vicinity of Simyra, when he receives the tribute and homage of the submissive Syrian kinglets. He then sailed along the coast from harbor to harbor, forcing submission, and laying up *The language does not unequivocally state the capture of the city, but its capture is clearly stated by Amenemhab (§ 585, 11. 13, 14). ^This fragmentary name must indicate the country north of Kadesh, for, according to Amenemhab (§ 584), Thutmose went to Senzar on this Kadesh cam- paign. cAs he had done to Kadesh. ^They were kept in a special place of confinement or dwelling at Thebes, explained in §402; cf. also Muller, Asien und Europa, 268. ^The first part of the number is broken out. ^Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 9-17, and Mariette, Karnak, 13, 11. 9-i6 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1171-73, 11. 9-1 7 = Bissing, Statistische Tafel, 11. 9-17. §47i] THE ANNALS: SEVENTH CAMPAIGN 199 in each the necessary supplies for his garrisons and his future operations. After receiving reports on the harvest of Retenu, he returned to Egypt^ where he found messengers bringing tribute from the southern tribe of the Genebteyew. The record here appends the annual taxes of the Nubian Wawat. 469. Year 31, first (month) of the third season, day 3. List of that which his majesty captured in this year. Capture of Ullaza 470. Booty brought from the city of Ullaza {^n-r^-tw)^ which is upon the shore of Zeren (rpV-w^),* 490 living captives; [3] •" — i^ of the son of that foe of Tunip (^ Thv-n[p\) ; chief of the •" — 1, who was there, I ; total, 494 persons. Twenty-six horses; 13 chariots, '°and their equip- ment of all the weapons of war. Verily, his majesty captured this city in a short hour, and all its property was spoil. '^ Tribute of Submissive Princes 471. Tribute of the princes of Retenu, who came to do obeisance to the [souls] of his majesty in this year: — *^slaves, male and female; 72 of this country; silver, 761 deben, 2 kidet;® 19 chariots, wrought with silver; "the equipment of their weapons of war; 104 oxen with bullocks;^ 172 calves and cows; total, 276; 4,622 small cattle; native copper, 40 blocks; lead, ^ 41 golden bracelets, figured with li — 1; together with all their produce and all the fine fragrant "woods of this country. aAs corrected by Bissing, Statistische Tafelj 22. It has the determinative of a body of water. ^Hnty. cCompare a similar phrase in year 23, 1. 6 (§ 431), and "Hymn of Victory," 1- 9 (§657); the identical phrase in Ahmose-si-Ebana, I. 21 (§15). Cf. Sethe, Verbunij II, § 70. ^Numeral lost. «i85.5 pounds. ^Cf. Lepsius, Denkmdler^ III, 32, I. 33, 8Not more than five words lacking, and about the same in 1. 12. 200 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IH [§472 The Harbors 472, Now, every harbor^ at which his majesty arrived was supplied with (n/r-) loaves and with assorted loaves, with oil, incense, wine, honey, f[ruit] abundant were they beyond everything, beyond the knowledge of his majesty's army; (it) is no fiction, ^^they remain in the daily register^ of the palace, L. P. H., the Hst of them not being given in this inscription, in order not to multiply words^ and in order to furnish ^their circumstances'" in this place *^ ^ Harvest of Retenu 473. The harvest of the land of Retenu was reported, consisting of much clean grain, '^grain in the kernel,*' barley, incense, green oil, wine, fruit, every pleasing thing of the country; they shall^ apportion it to the treasury, according as the impost of the — is counted 33 various — , together with green ^stonei, every costly stone of this country, and many stones ^^of rsparkle"';^ [all the] good [things] of this country. *That these are the harbors on the Phoenician coast, there is no doubt. The word is a feminine noun (mny'wt) from mny^ ''to land,'* and sometimes has a ship as determinative (Papyrus Anast., IV, 15, 4). Some of the supplies with which these mny'tut were equipped were ships and spars (§ 492). These cannot apply to inland stations! When we notice that it is always Lebanon chiefs who furnish the supplies, the conclusion is clear. A new meaning is thus given the words of Abdkhiba of Jerusalem: "As long as ships were upon the sea, the strong arm of the king occupied Nahrima (Naharin) and Kas" (Babylonia) (Amarna Letters^ ed. Winckler, 182, 32 f.). This observation throws a flood of light on Thutmose Ill's campaigns, and shows that his military operations were later regularly conducted from some harbor as a base. He therefore employed his navy in these campaigns to a far greater extent than we had supposed, regularly transporting his army to Syria by water, and even probably conducting the above campaign by water, sailing from harbor to harbor. See note, § 483, 1. 24. ^Hrwy't. The word is rare, but occurs also in the Decree of Harmhab (III, 63, 1. 4), indicating a writing containing laws. ^Meaning, perhaps, that there is room on the wall only for offering the cir- cumstances under which the spoil was taken, without enumerating the same. dOver one-third of the line is broken out, and this is the case with each line as far as 1. 35. ®Not ground. ^The tense shows that we have here the very words of the government scribe's books. KThe word has the fire determinative; same word in forty -second year, 1. 14, § 533j and Papyrus Harris three times (not four, as given in Piehl's Dictionnaire, 21, 22), each time referring to costly stones. Hence Bissing's conjecture that it means a founder's mould of stone is impossible (Bissing, Statistische Tafel, 28). §476] THE ANNALS: EIGHTH CAMPAIGN 201 Tribute of the Genehteyew 474. When his majesty arrived in Egypt, the messengers of the Genebteyew {Gnh' tyw) came bearing their tribute, consisting of myrrh, Tgumi 6 — ; 10 male negroes for attendants; 113 oxen ^^(and) calves; 230 bulls; total, 343; besides vessels laden with ivory, ebony, skins of the panther, products . Impost of Wawat « 475. [List of the impost of Wawat (W ^-w ■>• /)]: 5 — of Wawat; 31 oxen and calves; 61 bulls; total, 92; ^^besides vessels laden with all things of this country; the harvest of Wawat, likewise. IX. EIGHTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 33)* 476. In this year the king carries out the greatest cam- paign of his Asiatic wars, viz., the conquest of the Euphrates country. He has been long preparing for it, in the preceding campaigns, overthrowing Kadesh in the Orontes valley, subduing the coast cities, and filling them with provisions for his garrisons and his future operations. The story is unfortunately briefly told, and not always chronological. The voyage to Simyra,^ and the long march thence down the Orontes and to the Euphrates, are entirely omitted. The crowning act of the campaign, the erection of his boundary tablet east of the Euphrates, and another in the vicinity beside that of his father, Thutmose I, is immedi- ately narrated. The operations which led to this culmination are then recorded in the meagerest words. While marching northward, plundering as he went, probably not far from the Euphrates, he meets the king of Mitanni, defeats and ^Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 17-29; Mariette, Karnak, 13, 11, i7-28 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1173-75, 11. 17-29 = Bissing, 5'/a/j5/wc/je Tafel, 11. 17-29. ^He must have landed at Simyra, for, according to the fragment of Pylon VII (§ 598) he conquered Ketne on this campaign. Ketne was in the Orontes valley behind Simyra (Meyer, Aegyptiaca. 68; Pe trie's location of it by Damascus seems to me impossible. See Syria and Egypt, s. v.). 202 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§477 drives him in flight, capturing a great booty on the battle- field. Amenemhab mentions three battles on this campaign, of which the last, that at Carchemish, is probably, the one here mentioned in the Annals. Probably Carchemish marks the northern limit of the advance in this campaign, and the two other battles mentioned by Amenemhab occurred on the march thither (§§ 581, 582). The king then crossed the Euphrates, set up his boundary tablets, and, as he marched southward to Niy on his return, he was met by the subor- dinate princes, who immediately submitted and brought their tribute. Even far-off Babylon sends gifts, which, of course, the king calls tribute, and also the Hittites, who here make their first appearance in history. It is now arranged that the Lebanon princes shall keep the king's harbors sup- plied with provisions ^ On the king's return, an expedition of his to Punt arrives with magnificent returns from ^^God'^s-Land.^^ The impost of Wawat is paid as usual. 477. Year 33. Behold, his majesty was in the land of Retenu; [he] arrived . Boundary Tablet on the Euphrates 478. [He set up a tablet] east of this water ;^ he set up another beside the tablet of his father, '^the king of Upper and Lower Egypt, Okheper- kere (Thutmose I). Battle in Naharin 479. Behold, his majesty went north *^ capturing the towns and laying waste the settlements of that foe^ of wretched Naharin {N-h-ry-n^) *This is narrated out of its place before the tribute of Babylon and the Hittites. ^This is the Euphrates; see also note on pursuit, 11. 18, 19. cSee Amenemhab, § 583, 11. 8, 9. ^The king of Mitanni. §482] THE ANNALS: EIGHTH CAMPAIGN 203 he fpursuTjed after them an iter (ytr)^ of sailing; not one looked ^^behind him, but (they) fled, ^forsooth,^ like a '"herd"' of moun- tain goats; yea, the horses fled . The Booty 480. fList of the booty taken^] among the whole army, consisting of: princes, 3; ^°their wives, 30; men taken, 80; 606 slaves, male and female, with their children; those who surrendered (and) their wives, (he) harvested their grain. Arrival at Niy 481. His majesty arrived at the city ^'^of Niy (Nyy), going south- ward, when his majesty returned, having set up his tablet in Naharin (N-h-ry-n^),^ extending the boundaries of Egypt.*^ . Tribute of Naharin 482. [List] of the tribute brought to his majesty by the chiefs of this country: ^^513 slaves, male and female; 260 horses; gold, 45 deben, ^ kidet;^ silver vessels of the workmanship of Zahi (D^-hy) [chariots] with all their weapons of war; 28 oxen, ^scalves, and bullocks; 564 bulls; 5,323 small cattle; incense, 828 (mn-) jars; sweet oil and [green oil] every pleasing [thing] of this country; all fruits in quantity. ^In view of the parallel passage in the Semneh stela of Amenhotep III, where the words, *^ytr of sailing," are followed by a numeral, the word must be the linear measure, ytr, and not the word ytr, "river." Hence the rendering of Miiller {Asien und Europa, 254): "er (iiberschritt) den Fluss des Rundf ahrens ( ?) " must be given up. There is no statement of a crossing of the Euphrates here, but that Thutmose III really crossed this river is stated on his Constantinople obelisk (Lepsius, Denkmdler, HI, 60, W,) : " ThtUmose (III) who crossed the Great Bend of Naharin (N-h-r-n) with might and with victory at the head of his army" (§631). That this crossing of the river was on this campaign is not to be doubted, and the second tablet of 1. 17 was therefore set up on the "east" of the Euphrates. A further striking corroboration of the crossing is in the "Hymn of Victory" (§656, 11. 7, 8). ^k rare New Egyptian particle, m-dwn; cf. Erman, Neuagyptische Gram- matik (§94, 2). cAs above narrated. ^The remainder of the campaign must have been very brief, as it occupied only the lacuna (about one-third of the line). •Nearly eleven pounds, troy. 204 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§483 The Harbors 483. Behold, 24these harbors were supplied with everything accord- ing to their dues, according to their contract of each year, together with the impost of Lebanon* {R ^-mn-n) according to their contract of each year with the chiefs of Lebanon {R ^-mn-n) 2 unknown ^birds^; 4 wild fowl *Sof this country, which •" — i every day. Tribute of Babylon 484. The tribute of the chief of Shinar (S ^-n-g-r ^) -^ real lapis lazuli, 4{+x) deben; artificial lapis lazuli, 24 deben; lapis lazuli of Babylon (B-b-r^) of real lapis lazuli; a ram's head^ of real lapis lazuli; ^^15 kidet; and vessels . Tribute of the Hittites 485. The tribute of Kheta (H-t^) the Great, in this year: 8 silver rings, making 401 deben ;^ of white precious stone, a great block; (P-gw-) wood freturningTI to Egypt, at his coming from ^^Naharin {N-h-ry-n ^), extending the boundaries of Egypt. Products of Punt 486. Marvels brought to his majesty in® the land of Punt in this year: dried myrrh, 1,685 heket;^ gold gold, 155 deben, 2 kidet; 134 slaves, male and female; 114 oxen, ^Sand calves; 305 bulls; total, 419 cattle; beside vessels laden with ivory, ebony, (skins) of the panther; every good thing of [this] country . *The harbors lying at the foot of the Lebanon along the Phoenician coast would naturally be supplied by the Lebanon princes. It is to be noted that these supplies were collected as "impost" (not "tribute"), and probably by an Egyptian officer, as was the "impost" of Nubia. ^Identified long ago by Brugsch {Or. Oase, 91) with the biblical Shinar (5w c r), an identification which was overlooked in favor of Meyer's identification with Singara. Meyer {Aegyptiaca, 63) now sees in S^-n-g^^ the Sanhar of the Amarna letters {Amarna Letters, ed. Winckler, 25, 49), which also leads him to recognize Shinar in both, although Brugsch's identification of S ^-n-g-r ^ with Shinar seems not to have been noticed. cText really has "face," but the wall paintings show complete heads in such cases. The three strokes may, of course, be the plural strokes. cW. M. Miiller {Asien und Europa, 339) inserts a lacuna between the initial 5 of this word and the end; but a glance at the neighboring lines (Lepsius, Aus- wahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII; and Mariette, Karnak, 13), especially 56 ( = 32), will show that there is room for only the 5^-sign in the lacuna. The place is unknown. See also Bissing, Statistische Tafel, 1. 34. dSome construction of wood. ^Nws; see Papyrus Harris, passim. ^About 408 pounds. ^Persons of some sort. ^Maspero has daughter {Struggle of the Nations, 267; so also Petrie, History 0} Egypt, II, 118). iThree persons must have been mentioned in this lacuna; but Bissing, Sta- tistische Tajel, has no lacuna. §498] THE ANNALS: TENTH CAMPAIGN 207 [95; calves,] 180; total, 275; besides [vessels] laden with ivory, ebony and all products of this country; the harvest of Kush likewise. Impost of Wawat 495. The [impost] of Wawat; gold, 254^ deben; 10 negro slaves, male and female; — oxen, and calves [besides vessels laden with] 37every good thing of [this country]. XI. TENTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 35)^ 496. It was now tlie second year since tlie invasion of Naliarin, and the Icings of tliat region had revolted. Thut- mose marched thither from the Phoenician coast, defeated the rebels who had united under some prince who is called the "/^e oj Naharin.'^ This may have been the king of Aleppo. The allies were defeated in a battle at Araina, possibly in the land of Tikhsi, as mentioned by Amenemhab (§587, 1. 19), and Thutmose took great spoil. The tribute of the Syrian princes is not mentioned ; it was doubtless paid as usual; the impost of Kush and Wawat are noted. 497. Year 35. Behold, his majesty was in the land of Zahi {D ^-hy) on the tenth victorious expedition. Revolt in Naharin 498. When his majesty arrived at the city of Araina {'^-r'^-y^-n^)^^ behold, that wretched foe [of Naharjin (!JS[-h-r\y-n^) had collected horses and people; [his] majesty ^Sof the ends^ of the earth. They were numerous they were about to fight with his majesty. ^The numeral may have contained more hundreds; as it is, it amounts to 61.91 pounds. ^Lepsius, Auswahl der wichiigsten Urkunden, XII, 11. 37-41; Denkmdler, III, 31, a, 11. i-3 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1177-79, 11. 37-44, and 1. 2 =Bissing, Statistische Tafel, 11. 37-44. cNot Aruna, as sometimes supposed; it is an unidentified city, but was per- haps situated in the land of Tikhsi, where Amenemhab (§ 587) mentions a battle. dLit., "hinder parts;" see Thutmose Ill's "Hymn of Victory" (§ 661, 1. 20). 2o8 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§499 Battle in Naharin 499. Then his majesty advanced [to fight]* with them; then the arffry of his majesty furnished an example of attack,^ in the matter*^ of seizing and taking.^ Then his majesty prevailed against [these] bar- barians by the souls of [his] f[ather] A[mon] 39of Naharin (N-h-r-n^). They fled headlong, falling one over another, before his majesty. Booty of the King 500. List of booty which his majesty himself brought away from these barbarians of Naharin {N-h-ry-n^'): 2 [fsuits oV] armor; bronze — ^ deben — . Booty of the Army 501. List of booty which the army of his majesty brought away from [these foreigner]s: 10 living prisoners; 180 horses; 60 chariots; 41 i^ inlaid corselets; 13 bronze '^suits'i of armor — ; 5 bronze helmets for the head ; 5 bows of Kharu (Palestine) ; captures made in other [rcountriesTI ^^2 f 226 — ; a chariot, wrought with gold; 2o(+:x;) chariots, wrought with gold and silver, together with 43 21 (mn-) jars ; sweet oil, 954[+^] (mn-) jars 44 work of « ^^ gold ^Fringsi, bracelets, (ybht'y-) stone, eye cosmetic — wild goats, fire wood. Impost of Kush 502. Impost of the wretched Kush: gold, 70 deben, i kidet; slaves, male and female, oxen, calves, [besides vessels *This seems to have been omitted here. Cf. the Megiddo battle (1. i, § 429). ^Pieh^ suggests: "pendant une suspension du pillage" (Sphinx, II, 109). ^I^n as in ^tn-n-mdw t. ^Numeral lost. «The block containing the tops of 11. 42-54 in Lepsius, Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden, XII, should be pushed to the left at least the width of three lines. This is evident from the text in Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 31, a, and Brugsch, Thesaurus^ 1178-84, with which we begin a new numbering of the above block. f After the transfer of above block as above noted, the tops of 11. 42-44 are of course wanting. ^Probably several lines are wanting here. ^Numbered according to Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 31, a. § 5o8] THE ANNALS : THIRTEENTH CAMPAIGN 209 laden] ^with ebony, ivory, all the good products of this country, together with the harvest of [Kush, likewise].^ Impost of Wawat 503. [Impost of Wawat] 34 negro slaves, male and female; 94 oxen, calves, and bulls; besides ships laden with every good thing; the harvest of Wawat, [likewise]. XII. ELEVENTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 36) 504. Lost. XIII. TWELFTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 37) 505. Lost. XIV. THIRTEENTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 38)^ 506. The king directs his attention to the southern Lebanon region of Nuges again, where he is obliged to sub- jugate the local princes, who controlled the road northward between the two Lebanons at the seaward bend of the Litany River. The regular Syrian tribute and the supply- ing of the harbors are mentioned, as usual; followed for the first time by the tribute of Cyprus and Arrapachitis, later known as an Assyrian province. The products of Punt are then followed by the usual impost of Kush and Wawat. 507. [Year 7,%. Behold, his majesty was in ] ^on the thir- teenth victorious expedition. Behold, his majesty was overthrowing ^ [in] the district of Nuges {^ n-yw-g-s^). Booty of Nuges District 508. List of booty which the army of his majesty brought away from the district of Nuges: 50 living captives; — horses; — 3 chariots; with [their weapons] ^of war; — people who surrendered of the region of Nuges . ^Bnigsch's restoration (Thesaurus, 11 79) to Wawat is an error, as the harvest of Wawat is mentioned in the next paragraph. ^Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 31, a, 11. 3-io = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1178-81, 11. 2-9. ^Nearly one-quarter line lacking. 2IO EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§509 Syrian Tribute 509. Tribute which was brought to the fame of his majesty in this year: 328 horses; 522 slaves, male and female; 9 chariots, wrought with silver and gold; 61 painted (chariots) ; total, 70; a necklace of real lapis lazuli a (two-handled ^-k^-n^-) — vase; 3 flat dishes; heads* of goats, head of a Hon, vessels of all the work of Zahi copper, 2,821 [deben], 3^ kidet; of crude copper, 276 blocks; lead, 26 blocks; incense, 656 (/jiw/)-jars; sweet oil and green oil, (sj't-) oil, 1,752 (mn-) jars; wine, 156 (jars);^ 12 oxen; 46 asses; 5 heads of ^tooth ivory; tables of ivory (and) of carob wood; white (mnw-) stone, 68 deben bronze spears, shields, bows, — all weapons of war; sweet wood of this country, all the good product(s) of this country. The Harbors Supplied 510. Behold, every harbor was supplied with every good thing according to their agreement of each year, in going [northward or]^ southward; the impost of Lebanon (R^-mn-n)^ ^likewise; the harvest of Zahi, consisting of clean grain, green oil, incense, [win]e. Tribute oj Cyprus 511. Tribute of the prince of Isy {Ysy): crude copper — ; horses.* Tribute oj Arrapachitis 512. Tribute of the country of Arrapachitis {^-r^-rlff in this year: slaves, male and female; crude copper, 2 blocks; carob trees, 65 logs; and all sweet woods of his country. Product of Punt 513. [Marvels] brought^ to the fame of his majesty from Punt: ©dried myrrh, 240 heket. ^The word hnn (written out phonetically at end of 1. 6) means "head," not, "face," as the graphic writing might indicate. ^Text has omitted the word. ^Restored from 1. 13, fourteenth expedition. dprom which the harbors were supplied. ^Lit.^ "spans.'* f Probably ^-r 3-r-/>-^ = Arrapachitis, is meant. See Miiller, Asien und Europay 279- gin the year 33 the gifts of Punt are introduced by the words: "Marvels brought to his majesty, etc., (see § 486); hence restoration. There is no expedition this time, as the preposition is "from," not "in," as in § 486. §5i8] THE ANNALS: FOURTEENTH CAMPAIGN 211 Impost of Kush 514. Impost of the wretched Kush: gold, 100 [+:x:]* deben, 6 kidet; 36 negro slaves, male and female; iii oxen, and calves; 185 bulls; total, 306 (sic!),^ besides vessels laden with ivory, ebony, all the good products of this country, together with the harvest of this country. Impost of Wawat 515. Impost of Wawat: [gold], 2,844 [deben, — kidet]; 16 negro slaves, male and female; '^77 oxen and calves; besides [vessels] laden with every good product of this country. XV. FOURTEENTH CAMPAIGN (YEAR 39)'' 516. This campaign was introduced by an excursion to punish the raiding Bedwin on the northeastern frontier of Egypt, also referred to by Amenemhab (§ 580), after which the king proceeded northward, to receive the usual Syrian tribute and ensure supplies for the harbors. Defeat of Shasu 517. Year 39. Behold, his majesty was in the land of Retenu on the fourteenth victorious expedition, after [his] going [to defeat] the fallen ones of Shasu {$^-sw). Syrian Tribute 518. List of [the tribute of] 197 slaves, male and female; "229 horses; 2 flat dishes of gold; together with rings (of gold), 12 deben, i kidet; — real lapis lazuli, 30 deben; a flat dish of silver; a (two-handled) vase (^-k^-n^) of silver; a vessel with the head of an ox; 325 various vessels (of silver): together with silver in rings, making 1,495 deben, i kidet ;^ a chariot made [with] "white costly stone, white (mnw-) stone; natron, (mnw-) stone, all the various costly stones of [this] country; incense, sweet oil, green oil, (sf't-) oil, honey 2646 [-{-x jars]; wine, 1,405 (mn-) jars; 84 bulls; 1,183 small cattle;^ ^There is room for several hundreds more. bThe total should be 296, the scribe has made an error of 10. cLepsius, Denkmdler, 31, a, 11. 10-14 ^Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1181, 1182, 11. 9-13. ^364. 43 pounds. ®The hundreds may be increased indefinitely. *So Lepsius; Brugsch, 1193. 212 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§519 bronze ;* ^Hhe pleasant — and the perfume of this country, together with all good products of this country. The Harbors Supplied 519. Behold, every harbor was supplied with every good thing according to their agreement of each [year];^ in going northward [or soult^ward]'^ likewise; the harvest of [Lebanon]^ ^ [the harvest] '^of Zahi, consisting of clean grain, incense, oil, — w[ine] XVI. FIFTEENTH CAMPAIGN^ 520. The fragments of the wall at this place shov^ only the tribute -list of Cyprus and the impost of Kush and Wawat. ^[Year 40j .s Tribute oj Cyprus 521. [Tribute of the chief] of Isy {Ysy): ivory, 2 tusks; copper, 40 bricks; lead, i brick. ^Nearly half a line is wanting. ^The scribe has omitted the word "year;" restored from 1. 7, p. 210. ^Restored from 1. 7, thirteenth expedition. ^Lebanon and Zahi are regularly mentioned together in connection with the harbors. eAll the rest (about nine-tenths) of the line is wanting; it is the last line on the north wall, and the inscription here turns to the left, to follow the west wall (the back of Pylon VI) southward to the door. It doubtless concluded with the impost of Kush and Wawat, which could not have occupied more than the rest of this line. f The Annals are now continued on the back of Pylon VI, The visitor on the spot will notice that only the lower third (or less) of these twenty vertical lines on the pylon (north of door) is preserved; hence the first date is lost, and unfortunately also all the others on this wall section. The text in Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 30, a = Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 1182-85. The fragment certainly contains data from three different expeditions; it must remain somewhat uncertain whether the first of the three is the conclusion of the fourteenth expedition in year 39 or part of a fifteenth in year 40. It seems probable that the long lacuna (nearly the whole 1. i, west wall) contains the conclusion of the fourteenth expedition, which must other- wise have occupied more space than either of the campaigns before or after it. Line i of the west wall, therefore, begins the fifteenth exjjedition. Miiller {Asien und Europa, 54) sees difficulties in this arranggment, which are not apparent to me. See further notes on text. sContained the tribute of some unknown country, probably Retenu; the restored date is almost certain. §525] THE ANNALS: SIXTEENTH CAMPAIGN 213 Impost of Rush 522. Tribute of ^ .* [Impost of the wretched Kush in] this year: gold, 144 deben, 3 kidet; loi negro slaves, male and female; oxen 3 .b Impost of Wawat 523. [Impost of Wawat]: 35 calves; 54 bulls; total, 89; besides vessels laden ^[with ebony, ivory, and all the good products of this country^] .^ XVn. SIXTEENTH CAMPAIGN 524. Tlie record contains only tribute-lists. [Year 41.^ Tribute of] 2® rings. Tribute oj Retenu 525. List of the tribute of the chiefs of Retenu, brought to the fame of his majesty in 5[this year]^ 4o[-h:x:] blocks a sword of rflint^, bronze spears — ^ .^ [Tribute of — in] this [yea]r: ivory, 1^ tusks; carob wood, 242 logs; 184 large cattle; — small cattle ^ ^ ^incense likewise. Tribute of the Hittites Tribute of the chief of Kheta (H-t^) the Great, in this year: gold 8 ^Contained the tribute of some unknown country followed by the impost of Kush, for "tribute of" at end of 1. 1 cannot refer to Kush, for which bk'iv, "impost" is always used. Kush is certain from the negroes in the list. ^.See note f, p. 212. cAt least this is the usual continuation. Possibly, the tribute of some other country intervenes in the following lacuna. dAs the impost of Kush and Wawat usually concludes the year's list, it is evi- dent that we should begin another year at this point, as usual, with Retenu; prob- ably year 41. ®So Lepsius; Brugsch has ** second time." ^Brugsch's restoration, "this land" is not according to the parallels. bSo Lepsius; Brugsch, 26. *»Probably the tribute of another country, also, is lost in the lacuna. 214 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE III [§526 Impost oj Kush 526. [Impost of Kush^ the wretched in this year; gold, x-\-\ 94^ deben, 2 kidet; 8 negro slaves, male and female; 13 male (negroes), brought for following ;° total, 21; oxen, ^ .d Impost of Wawat 527. [Impost of Wawat]:® gold, 3,144^ deben, 3 kidet; 35 oxen and calves; 79 bulls; total, 114; besides vessels laden with ivory IO_ XVIII. SEVENTEENTH CAMPAIGN^ 528. The last campaign, which happened not later than the year 42, shows the old king, now probably over seventy years of age, suppressing a revolt of Tunip and Kadesh, who are supported by auxiliaries from Naharin. He marched from the northern coast of Syria, after capturing the coast city of Erkatu,^ directly against Tunip. Having subjugated it, he then marched up the Orontes against his old enemy, Kadesh, whose prince led the allied forces, which Thutmose III had routed at Megiddo on the first campaign, nearly twenty years before. There was a stubborn defense, but, according to the narrative of Amenemhab, the walls of the city were breached, and it was taken by storm (§ 590). From it and surrounding towns great plunder was secured, among which were the Naharin auxiliaries and their horses. ^Restored from the character of the tribute. ^Lepsius, 83. Brugsch, 86; the photograph indicates 94 as probable. cAs pedessequii. ^Restored after § 539. dSee note f, p. 212. ^766.35 pounds. fifLepsius, Denkmdlery III, 30, a, 11. 10-20 = Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1183-85, 11. 10-20. l^Erkatu ('^-r-k^-iw) must have been on the coast somewhere between the mouth of the Orontes and the Nahr el-Kebir. As it is the same as Irkata of the Amarna Letters (see § 529, note), it was not far from Simyxa. Thutmose may- have landed at Simyra, as be had evidently often done before, and hence he marched upon the "coast road'* against Erkatu. / §532] THE ANNALS: SEVENTEENTH CAMPAIGN 215 Long tribute-lists, the harbor supplies, and the impost of Kush and Wawat conclude the Annals. Overthrow of Erkatu 529. [Year 42.]^ the Fenkhu {[F]nh-w). Behold,^ his majesty was upon the coast road, in order to overthrow the city of Erkatu^ f r-k ^-tw) and the cities of "^ Kana {K ^-n ^) ; this city was overthrown, together with its districts. Overthrow of Tunip 530. (His majesty) arrived at Tunip (Tw-np^), overthrew that city, harvested its grain, and cut down its groves " the citizens of the army. Overthrow of Cities of Kadesh District 531. Behold, (he) came in safety, arrived at the district of Kadesh (Kd-Sw),^ captured the cities^ therein. Booty of Kadesh District 532. List of the booty brought from there — '3 d Qf ^j^g wretched Naharin {N-h-ry-n^) who were as auxiUaries among them, *Here a new year should begin for the same reason as in 1. 4; see note. That its number should be 42 is clear from the date in the last line of this section; see note, § 540. ^Read yst instead of "Anton" incorrectly restored by Harmhab. cThis important name is given by Lepsius as ^ r-k ^-n-tw, inserting an n before tw; in this he is followed by Brugsch, who evidently published (Thesaurus, V, 1 183) an old copy of his made from Lepsius; for the original (in the photo- graph) shows no trace of n and no room for it. The signs are perfectly preserved, and the feet of the eagle in ^ ^ practically touch the head of the w-bird in tWj leaving absolutely no room for n in the vertical column between k ^ and tiv. Neither is there any trace on the back of the eagle of n (horizontal). This makes the identity of our word, with Irkata of the Amarna Letters a certainty. See also Eduard Meyer, Festschrift fiir Georg Ebers, 69, n. 2 ; and compare above § 528, note. 578 Syrians (^ ^-rw) 8 . ^Having enumerated the three feasts, with their dates, he now proceeds to the celebration and the oblations to be offered. ^The numeral is partially broken out; but it can be clearly proven to be two. See Breasted, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 37, 125 f. This date is very impor- tant, as it shows at what time Thutmose III was already in Thebes on his return from the first campaign, the length of which is thus determined. See the calendar of the campaign in § 409. cThis is the beautiful ceremony of the god's voyage in his sacred barge, called at Thebes " Userhetamon " (for a description of the barge made for this purpose by Ramses III, see IV, 209). It was probably on the above occasion that the officer Amenemhab officiated (see his inscription, § 809, 11. 33, 34). It was on the day of the return to Karnak from this voyage, called the " Day-oj-Bringing-in-the-God,^* that the Second "Feast of Victory** began. It therefore continued for five days after the return, during which the Second Amon Feast also continued (see Zeit- schrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 37, 126). . ^^i engaged the largest which was among them, which fought against his majesty; I cut off his hand* while he was alive ^^[before] his majesty, while I stood in the water between two rocks.^ Then my lord rewarded me with gold; ^s[he] gave and 3 changes of clothing." Siege of Kadesh 589. ''The prince of Kadesh^ sent forth a mare^ ^^before fthe armyi]; in order to — rthem,! she entered among the army. I pursued after her ^^on foot, with my sword, and I ripped open her belly; I cut off her tail, I set *^it before® the king; while there was thanksgiving to god for it ! ^ He gave (me) joy, it filled my body, Cwithi) rejoicing, he endued my limbs." Assault on Kadesh 590. =^9" His majesty sent forth every valiant man of his army, in order to pierce the wall for the first time, which Kadesh had made. ^Doubtless the trunk is meant. ^He was perhaps pursued by the wounded elephant, and took refuge between the rocks. cOn the last campaign of Thutmose III in year 42 (§ 531) and the last men- tioned by Amenemhab. ^FoT the purpose of exciting the stallions of the Egyptian chariotry and thus confusing their line of battle ; but Amenemhab leaps down from his chariot, and, pursuing her " on foot," slays her. See Borchardt, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 31, 62 f. ^The preposition is incomplete. ^The phrase occurs not infrequently, denoting the thanks of a king for the faithfulness of a servant; e. g., Amenemhet (I, 520, 1. 14) The impersonal form merely indicates that it was the king who gave thanks. 234 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§591 I 3owas the one who pierced it, being the first of all the valiant; no other before me did (it). I went forth, I brought off 312 men,* {m-r^ - y-n ^) lords, as living prisoners. Again my lord rewarded me because of it, with 3aevery good thing for satisfying the heart, of the king's- presence." Feast at Thebes 591 . *' I made this capture while [I] was an officer of the navy 33l was the commander of •" — ^ [Qiis vessel""] — I was the chief of his associates 34on the voyage at his beautiful Feast^ of Opet, when all the land was in acclamation." Death oj ThiUmose III 592. 3s''Lk)j the king completed his lifetime of many years, splendid in valor, in [migh]t, 36and in triumph; from year i to year 54, third month of the second season, the last day^ (of the month) under [the majesty of] 37King Menkheperre (Thutmose III), triumphant. He mounted to heaven, [he] *^joined the sun; the divine limbs mingling with him who begat him." [Concluded §§807-809] FRAGMENTS OF KARNAK PYLON VII« 593. From tlie data thus far given by Legrain, it is im- possible to put together all the fragments heretofore found; ^Apposition, ^This is perhaps the celebration of the Feast of Southern Opet on the fourteenth of Paophi, after the return from the first campaign (§ 550), which Amenemhab here relates after the campaigns exactly as the inscription of Feasts and Offerings continues the Annals. cThat is the thirtieth of the seventh month (Phamenoth) ; as he was crowned on the fourth of the ninth month (Pakhons), he lacked one month and four days of concluding his fifty-fourth year, dying on the seventeenth of March, while his fifty-fourth year would have been completed on the nineteenth of the following April (his coronation day coming over thirteen days earlier than when he was crowned fifty-four years earlier). If born before his father's accession, as seems probable, he was at least eighty-four years old at his death. dThis phrase is rendered by Brugsch (Zeitschri/t fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1873, 134): "es ging unter die Sonnenscheibe," for which he gives excellent reasons; but in Ineni (§46, 1. 4), the pronoun "he" is expressed, rendering B's translation impossible. See also IV, 988 E and 988 G. ^Fragments of a great granite doorway some forty feet high through the center of Pylon VII (Baedeker's plan), the northernmost of the southern pylons, were § 595] FRAGMENTS OF KARNAK PYLON VII 235 but even from the fragments the great historical value of the monument is evident. It contained a record of Thutmose Ill's military career as an explanation of the sources of the costly materials used on this pylon and other good works in the Kamak temple. It begins with his coronation, passes to the reign of Thutmose II, and furnishes our most impor- tant proof of Thurmose Ill's coregency with Thutmose 11,^ whom, as his predecessor, he officially calls his ^^ father y^^ as was customary on the monuments in referring to deceased Pharaohs. The record then proceeds to the first campaign, the battle of Megiddo, the siege of Megiddo, its capture, the prisoners, and the disposal of the prisoners and plunder in Karnak. Whether the succeeding campaigns were now taken up is uncertain. In any case, the record now included some account of the important eighth campaign, of the year 33, when Thutmose III first conquered the Euphrates country. With some omissions of mutilated portions, necessitated by the exceedingly fragmentary character of some of the material, the fragments are as follows: First Fragment'^ 594. Year i, first month of the third season (ninth month), the fourth day,° occurred the coronation of the king's-son . Second Fragment^ 595. ^before me into the — . There was assigned to me the sovereignty of the Two Lands upon the throne of Keb, the office found by Legrain in September-October, 1901, and published by him in the Annates du Service, II, 272-79, IV, PI. III. The inscription is in vertical lines, of which there were at least fourteen, computed by Legrain to have had a combined length (if set end to end) of 200 meters. Of all this the surviving fragments con- tain but a small fraction. *A lintel block, found by Petrie at Abydos in 1902 (Abydos, I, PI. LXI, 2 ; LXIV, and p. 30), shows their two names together, as having been coregent during work on the Eighteenth Dynasty Abydos temple. ^Legrain's E. 279. ^See Annals, §417. ^Legrain's combination of several fragments, 276, 277. 236 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IH [§596 of Khepri by the side of my father, the Good God, King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Okhepernere (Thutmose II), given life forever Spoil of First Campaign 596. His majesty commanded to build stone s — it with electrum. The divine shadow was the hkeness of a ram, whose name was made: ''Menkheperre Monuments." It is the favorite place of the lord of the gods All its vessels were of electrum, gold, [every] costly stone, ^[""captured when his majesty went to"!] Retenu, to repel the northern countries, on his first victorious cam- paign, which Amon decreed to him 7 put in front of their wall, surrounding it with a firm rampart. My majesty besieged it* like a terrible lion. As for him who ""came^ upon it by night, ^ . Lo, my majesty carried off the wives of that van- quished one, together with fhis"^ children, and the wives of the chiefs who were [there, together with their] children. My majesty placed these women 9 the name of another. Their impost was brought into the temple of my father, Amon, as the dues of Retenu these wives of the vanquished chief of Kadesh IO_ -of Egypt, extending the boundaries, forever. My majesty made this equipment to overlay [a barge] of the "Begin- ning-of-the-River " (named): **Userhet,"^ hewn [of cedar] with ^11 [products] of the northern countries, II 12. when my majesty returned from these countries. Third Fragment^ 597. their horses the great chiefs of this country who came to fight their — into the temple of Amon. Then my majesty commanded my [father] Amon dues as yearly impost. Lo, Lo, my majesty furnished an example of might. ^Meaning, of course, Megiddo; the preceding being a reference to his siege works; compare Annals, §433, 11. 9-1 1. ^For ** Userhetamon." Of course, we are to read h^t instead of Legrain's «/; see Lateran Obelisk (§§838). ^Legrain's, I, 274. According to Legrain, these sections of seven lines belong to 11. 8-14, presumably referring to his numbering of the second fragment; but they are too far separated from that fragment to be here placed in connection with it. They evidently refer to the king's prowess in some battle. §6oo] GREAT KARNAK BUILDING INSCRIPTION 237 with my own sword, in the midst of Bekhu (Bhw).^ None stood before [me] anew for my father, Amon. Fourth Fragment^ 598. of Ketne {Kd-n ^) on the eighth victorious campaign, to repel .^ GREAT KARNAK BUILDING INSCRIPTION^ 599. This inscription contained the record of Thutmose Ill's buildings, erected after the beginning of his wars.^ In particular, it recounts the erection of one of his extensive additions to the east end of the great Karnak temple. The inscription is unfortunately badly mutilated, only the intro- ductory lines being preserved, but we see that it recorded the erection of Thutmose Ill's splendid colonnaded halls and sanctuary, which form the eastern extension of the Karnak temple;^ for it was a building so extensive that an old shrine of Nun had to be removed farther eastward. 600. There was a reason, hitherto overlooked, for the erection of these eastern halls by Thutmose III, which *With a foreign determinative. ^Legrain's G, 279. cThere are two more lines, of which the first seems to contain some reference to making bows. ^A large granite stela, found by Mariette in the great Karnak temple, now in Cairo; fragments of only seventeen lines are preserved; text: Mariette, Karnak, 12. ^The record of his Theban buildings before his wars is contained in the great coronation inscription (§§ 131 ff.). Of his buildings elsewhere, he has left but slight record: a fragmentary dedication at El Kab (Lepsius, Denkmaler, Text, IV, 37); a similar fragment at Erment {ibid., IV, i); and a record of his share in the Pasht speos at Benihasan (Rouge, Inscriptions hieroglyphiques, 149), which is chiefly of religious character. Further building records also in §§ 609-22; 637-43. f According to an altar found at Karnak, this building was called: "ilfew- kheperre-is-Glorious-4n-Monuments'' (Zeitschri/t filr dgyptische Sprache, 1879, 137). An altar with the same inscription was reported at Salonichi {ibid., 1868, 78 ff.), and is possibly identical with the first. See also § 560 for the only other occurrence of the name in Thutmose Ill's time. This name of Thutmose Ill's sanctuary was still in use in the reign of Takelot II, 650 years later (IV, 753). 238 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§ 6oi must be noted here. The colonnaded hall built by Thut- mose I between his two pylons (IV and V) formed the entrance-hall to the Karnak temple, and at this time was the largest hall in the building, the only one sufficiently large for a procession of the god, such as that which took place there when Thutmose III was installed as king by the priests. Now, this hall had been rendered unfit for use by Hatshepsut's strange insertion of her obelisks there (§304); it now stood roofless, with a small group of six columns at its northern end. Of these, four were the original cedar columns of Thutmose I, which Thutmose III now renews, recording the renewal on one of them, as follows:^ 601. ^He (Thutmose III) made (it) as his monument for his father, Amon-Re, erecting for him [4 columns] of sandstone set up^ [in] the hypostyle, as fa renewal of that which""] his ffather had made"!], the Good God, Lord of Offering (viz., Thutmose I), shaped of cedar.*^ My majesty faddedi]^ 4 columns to the two columns® in the north side, together 6; wrought with — , established with ^and that which was brought because of the fame of my majesty, being impost of all countries, which my father, Amon-Re, assigned to me, shaped^ of sand- stone. The height thereof was made 30 cubits,^ on both sides of the great august portal,^ throughout. They illuminated Karnak ^Published by Piehl, Actes du 6*^' congrhs international des orientalistes tenu en 1883 a Leide, IV^' partie, section 3, pp. 203-19. The text is badly broken, and unessential fragments have been omitted. ^Read: smn. cThis reference is the first mention of wooden columns in an Egyptian temple, and shows that Thutmose I built his hall with cedar columns. (See my New Chap- ter, 31, note b). dPiehl. «That is, the two columns of stone already inserted by Thutmose I (§ 100 and note). f Three passive participles agree with "^ columns,^* viz., "wrought,^* "estab- lished,^* and "shaped." This mention of the material is in contrast with "shaped of cedar" (1. i), referring to the wooden predecessors of the four new stone columns. KOver fifty-one feet. ^Northern portal; see plan. New Chapter, 13. § 6o2] GREAT KARNAK BUILDING INSCRIPTION 239 like of sandstone, painted with figures of my father Amon, together with figures of my majesty, and figures of my father, the Good God (viz., Thutmose I). Behold, as for that which was found^ going to ruin among them, my majesty established it with sandstone, in order that this temple might be established — 3 — like the heavens, abiding upon their four pillars, as a monument, great, excellent and useful for the lord of eternity; of granite, ivory, of sandstone, silver, of the Beautiful-faced (Ptah). I swear as [Re] loves me, [as my father, Amon, favors me,^ I made it] anew in the north side, being an increase of that which my father had made. 602. Til US the north end of the hall, the end where Thutmose III had been stationed when he was proclaimed king, was repaired by him, but the south end was still without columns and roofless., and the obelisk -bases had usurped the room of eight columns, over a third of the entire colon- nade. The hall could not be made fit for great ceremonials, with the obelisks preventing the replacement of over a third of the roof. Thutmose III therefore built a masonry sheathing around each of the obelisks, covering the inscrip- tions of Hatshepsut, and desisted'' from any further attempt to restore the hall where he had been raised to the throne. But as such a great ceremonial h)^ostyle was of course in- dispensable, he built the splendid colonnaded halls still standing at the other or east end of the temple. On his return from the second^ campaign, in the year 24, the build- ing was begun, and on the thirtieth of Mekhir, that is, in the latter part of February, some two months before his departure for S)n:ia on the third campaign, the brilliant aRead: gmy't? ^Restored from the common form of royal oath, e. g., Hatshepsut's obelisk inscription, § 318, 1. 2. cThis is clear from the fact that his son Amenhotep II, erected the columns of the south end (§ 805). ^ -) grain Recorder of Diospolis I measure of {y ^ h-) grain Parva (Ht-sfpm) I measure of (sw t-) grain 3 measures of southern grain I measure of southern grain pigeons, linen (many items lost) Scribe of the Recorder of Diospolis Parva 3 deben of gold 288 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE III [§738 Official and Place Tax 738. ■ I deben of gold {mt-) linen Recorder of Abydos {d ^ W-) linen I Qihnt-) jar of honey I two-year-old His scribe I deben of gold 3 two-year-olds Scribe of the District of of Abydos I deben of gold I bead necklace ^of^ gold I heket of grain Kenbeti of Abydos < 2 heket of southern grain oxen 739. 6 deben of gold i deben of silver (y ^ h-) bread, 20 (kw-) loaves 10 sacks of •" — ' 10 ^nh-tm'^'t 2 heket of grain Mayor of Thinis 50 heket 10 heket of grain I (hbn't-) jar of honey 5 calves 6 yearlings 3 two-year-olds k 2 (full-grown) oxen 740. f 2 deben of gold I deben of silver Scribe* of the District of 2 bead necklaces fof [gold] r 1 the city of Min (Akh- mim) 200 f '' 2 heket of grain — I calves — two-year-olds ^ I (full-grown) ox 741. - 3 heket of southern grain Recorder of Itfit I measure of grain His scribe I (hbn t) jar of honey ^ 2 (full-grown) oxen 742. I heket of southern grain 10 measures of {sw't-) grain Mayor of Pr-Hr I (wn-dw) ox I two-year-old (Sw-) rolls ^Behind him was a figure now lost, with considerable tribute of grain, bread and cattle; the gold, if any, is lost. This may also belong to Akhmim. §747] TOMB OF REKHMIRE 289 Official and Place Tax 743. Mayor — 1,000 (5^^) loaves (sw't-) grain 3 measures of grain southern grain 2 heket of grain 10 (kw-) loaves I (hbtf /-) jar of honey ttn'^t I yearling I (full-grown) ox 744. • 5 deben of gold 2 heket of grain Scribe of the District of I chest of (mt-) linen I chest of (d ^ W-) linen — [deben] of gold I chest of (mt-) linen I chest of (d ^ W-) linen 745. Scribe of the Recorder of f Siut* \ Kenbeti of Siut Grain I (hbn' t-) jar of honey VI. RECEPTION OF DUES TO THE AMON-TEMPLE^ 746. In this scene is represented tlie reception of tlie products of the field, including honey, due to the temple of Amon. The products of a Punt expedition and the annual tribute of North and South, so often recorded in the Annals, are mentioned. Scene 747. Rekhmire, with his suite behind him, is enthroned at the right. Before him, in three registers, are officials and servants, presenting, storing, recording, and preparing ^There are two scribes, the name occurring with each. bPls. XII-XIV. 29© EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§748 for use the products of Egypt and her tributary countries. Throughout this scene are distributed the following inscrip- tions: Over Rekhmire * 748. Reception of grain {y ^ h) and honey in the White House of the temple; sealing of all treasures in the [temple of Amon], by virtue of his office of master of secret things; by the hereditary prince, the vizier, Rekhmire. Over Grain Scene 749. Reception of grain (y ^ h) in the [temple of Amon]. Over Trituration of Grain Pounding grain (y ^ h) in the White House of the [temple of Amon], in order to make an oblation [at] every feast, which his majesty estab- Hshed anew. Over Flour-Sifting Servants of the date-storeroom. "Haste thee every matter thou shalt cause that we be praised." Over Bakers Making Qoavesi for the oblation of the divine offerings. Doing safely and well the baking of the cake. ^ Over Men Doing Reverence 750. Speech of the fleet- captains: "According to the desire of thy heart, O prince! ^^Thyi every matter is very good; the treasuries are overflowing with the tribute of all countries: oil, incense, wine, everything, all the products of Punt ; bags and sacks bearing every good thing in a myriad of hundred thousands, for King Menkheperre (Thutmose III), given life. May thy favor with his ka be every day. Over Men Carrying Tribute 751. Introduction of wine into the storehouses (wd^) by the vizier, Rekhmire. Reception of the tribute of the South country, together with the tribute of the Northland before Rekhmire. On the Storehouses Gold-houses of the temple. Storehouse {wd) of the temple. Double gold-house. § 754] TOMB OF REKHMIRE 291 VII. INSPECTION OF DAILY OFFERINGS AND OF MONUMENTS* Scene 752. Rekhmire, (figure erased) stands inspecting two lines of men with food-offerings, and two rows of statues of the king, behind which are weapons, temple furniture, and utensils. Inscription over Rekhmire * Inspection of food of the divine offerings of every day; inspection of his — , and the beautiful monuments, which he executed for the Sover- eign, the Good God, Lord of the Two Lands, Menkheperre (Thut- mose III), given Hfe forever, for the temple of Amon, and the temples which are in his — ; by [Rekhmire]. Vin. INSPECTION OF CRAFTSMEN^ 753. We here see Rekhmire inspecting the artificers, who are making for the temple of Amon various vessels, doors, furniture, etc., from the precious metals and other costly materials captured in Thutmose Ill's wars in Asia. Scene Rekhmire stands leaning on his staff; behind him are his suite, and before him are long lines of craftsmen in leather, wood, stone, and various metals, busily engaged at their work. Over them are the following inscriptions: Over Rekhmire 754. Inspection of every craft ,^ in order to cause every man to know his duty according to the stipulation of every affair, by the hereditary prince, count, who gives the regulation to the prophets, who directs the priests to their duty, governor of the (residence) city, chief of the six courts of justice, Rekhmire. api. XXII. tPls. XVI-XVIII. cThe lacuna here and at the beginning of the following inscription would indicate that the name of Amon had been erased in both places. 292 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE III [§755 Over Gold Weighing ''Reckoning^ of the gold , in order to fulfil all business of the daily stipulation. Their number is myriads of hundred- thousands; before the vizier Rekhmire. Over Goldsmiths and Silversmiths Making all vessels for the divine limbs; multiplying vases of gold and silver in every (Style of) workmanship that endures forever. Over Coppersmiths 755. Bringing the Asiatic copper which his majesty captured in the victories in Retenu, in order to '^cast"' the [two doors*] of the temple of Amon in Karnak. Its pavement was overlaid with gold like^ the horizon of heaven; by the governor of the (residence) city, and vizier. They say: ''The king, beautiful in monuments, Menkheperre (Thut- mose III), given life forever; (as) he is (so) they are forever He repeats monuments in the house of his father." Over Cabinet-makers Making chests of ivory, ebony, carob wood, meru wood, and of cedar of the best of the terraces; by this official who gives the regulation, guid- ing the hands of his craftsmen. rX. INSPECTION OF SCULPTORS AND BUILDERS *= 756. The heavier works of the Amon-temple are here under inspection by Rekhmire. Of particular interest are the Semitic foreigners, who appear among the brickmakers, of the ^^ captivity which his majesty brought jor the works of the temple of Amon.^'^ This is, of course, precisely what was afterward exacted of the Hebrews. *These words are in Virey's copy {Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, V, PL XV), but had been lost before Newberry's was made. ^Lit., "in likeness to" (msn'tr), a circumlocution not uncommonly used for the simple "like" (my). cPls. XX and XXI. §759] TOMB OF REKHMIRE 293 Scene Rekhmire stands leaning on his staff, his suite behind him; and before him, at work, are stonecutters, sculptors, brickmakers, and builders. The inscriptions are as follows : Over Rekhmire 757. Inspection of all works of divine offerings of Amon in Karnak; causing every man to know his way, by virtue of his ofl&ce as chief of works; by the hereditary prince, count, who establishes laws in the temples of the gods of the South and North [Rekhmire]. By Bricklayers^ 758. The layer of brick who brings the field,^ the very numerous I" — "•; building with ready fingers, skilled*^ in his duty, causing vigilance among the Tconqueredi,^ who hear the sayings of this official, skilful® in bui[lding] of works, giving regulation to their chiefs. fThey say^]: *'He [•"supplies!] us with bread, beer, and every good sort; he leads us, with a loving heart for the king, amiable King Menkheperre (Thut- mose III), who builds the sanctuary of [^the gods'"]; may they grant to him a reward therefor with myriads of years. The taskmaster,^ he says to the builders: "The rod is in my hand; be not idle." By Brickmakers^ 759. Captivity which his majesty brought, for the works of the temple of Amon. By Bricklayer Laying the brick, in order to build the storehouse anew, [in the temple of Amon] of Karnak. aPl. XX. The beginning of the inscription is very difficult and a little doubtful. ^A similar reference to a "clay-field" in Ineni (§ 106, 1. 12). <^Wn-hr, wh^-hr, and h^-hr are not uncommon, meaning "experienced, instructed, skilful." 11 Intel's Duties 767. 4For the ka of the hereditary prince, count, wearer of the royal seal, sole companion, favorite of the king, as leader of his army, who levies 298 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE III [§ 768 the official staffs and the soldiers, who counts the companions, who con- ducts the nobles, who makes the king's-confidants approach their places, leader of leaders, sguide of millions of men, superior of advanced offices, advanced in place, excellent in the (royal) presence, who sends up the words of the people (rhy't), who reports the affairs of the Two Lands, who discourses concerning matters in the secret place, who enters with good things and comes out with favor, ^who places every man upon his father's seat, who makes glad the heart and favors the favorites, at whose words the great arise, who does the errands of the judgment-hall (^ ry /), who originates the regulations in the palace, L. P. H., who makes every man to know his duties, who gives the administration in the — , ['"great"'] 7in power in the great geat (i. e., the palace), who silences the voice, and originates honors, who guards the foot from the place of silence, the counterpoise of the balances of the Good God, who conducts the people to that which they do, who says: *'Let it be done," and it is done on [the instant], ^like that which comes out of the mouth of a god; who lays commands on the people (Jj-nmm' t) , to number their work (impost) for the king, who fixes the rreckoning"" of every country, who furnishes the '"supplies! of their princes, great in affairs at the counting of the numbers, prepared — ^ to do, knowing that which is in the heart of the king, L. P. H., the speaking tongue of him who is in the palace (i. e., the king), the eyes of the king, the heart of the lord of the palace, the instruction of the whole land, who binds the rebellious, who quiets the — , " from the hostile, strong-armed toward robbers, applying violence to them that apply violence, mighty-hearted against the mighty-hearted, who brings down the arm "of him whose — is high, who ""shortens^ the hour of the '^cruel-hearted^, who causes the evil- hearted to perform the regulation of the laws, although his heart is unwilling, great in terror among criminals, lord of fear among rebellious- "hearted, who binds the adversary, and repels the violent, the safety of the palace, the establisher of its laws, who quiets the multitude for their lord, the chief herald of the judgment-hall, count of Thinis of the Thinite nome, chief of all the oasis country, excellent scribe, solving writings, Intef, triumphant. Inteps Qualities 768. ^3The only wise, equipped with knowledge, the really safe one, distinguishing the simple from the wise, exalting the craftsman, turning his back upon the ignorant, ^ — -l in mind, very '"complete^ in mind, giving attention to hear the man of truth, ^^void of deceit, useful to his lords, § 77o] STELA OF INTEF THE HERALD 299 accurate-minded, with no lie in him, experienced in every way, protector of the seemly, hearer of his prayer, gentle toward the cold-hot one, inter- ceding for him, who does according to his plans, not — ^^the truthful, understanding the heart,* knowing the thoughts, when nothing has come forth from the lips, speaking to wit: according to his thought; there is none, whom he hath not known, turning his face to him that speaks the truth, disregarding him that speaketh lies, who does ^ — "• to ,**^not mild toward the rioquaciousi, but opposing him by doing the truth, content with giving satisfaction, not exalting him that knew not above him that knew, going about after the truth, giving attention to hear petitions, judging — ^^for him who is without offense and for the liar, free from partiaUty, justifying the just, chastising the guilty for his guilt, servant of the poor, father of the fatherless, ^^of the orphan, mother of the fearful, rdungeoni of the turbulent, protector of the weak, advocate of him who has been deprived of his possessions by one stronger than he, husband of the widow, shelter of the orphan fmakingl the wee]^9per rejoice, •" ^1, who is praised on account of his character, for whom the worthy thank god, because of the greatness of his worth, for whom health and life are besought by all people (rfpy't), great herald of the judgment-hall, ^°chief steward, overseer of the double granary, leader of all works of the king's L. P. H. estate, to whom all offices report, who counts the impost of the leaders, the mayors and the village sheiks of the South and the North excellent scribe, Intef, tri- umphant. Inters Asseveration 769. He says: ''Those were my qualities, of which *^I have testified; there is no deceit therein; these were my excellencies in very truth, there is no exception therein. Nor was there any likening of words to boast for myself with lies, but that was my color, ^^ which I showed; that was my office in the king's L. H. P. estate, that was my service at the court L. P. H., that was my rdutyi in the judgment-hall. Inteps Explanation 0} His Success 770. ^It was my heart which caused that I should do it, by its lead- ing of my affairs; it is *3an excellent witness, I did not violate its *On this passage, cf. my article, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 39, 47. '^On this remarkable passage, see my article, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 39> 47- 300 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE HI [§771 speech, I feared to transgress its leading; I prospered on account of it exceedingly. I was excellent by reason of that which it caused that I should do, I was valuable by reason of its leading. *Lo, ,* ?4said the people, *it is an oracle of the gods, which is in every body. He is a counsellor, whom it has led to the goodly way of achievement.* Lo, thus I was. Intej^s Duties Abroad 771. I followed the King of the Two Lands, I struck into his tracks in the countries, *s — the earth, I arrived at its end, being at the heels of his majesty, L. P. H., my valor was like the lords of strength, and I captured like his brave ones. Every palace in a country ^^ before the troops, at the head of the army. When my lord arrived in safety where I was, I had prepared it (the palace), I had equipped it with everything that is desired in a foreign country, made better than the palaces of Egypt, ^^purified, cleansed, set apart, their mansions adorned, (each) chamber for its proper purpose, I made the king's heart satisfied with that which I did, . I numbered the tribute of the rulers dwelling in every country, consisting of silver, gold, oil, incense, wine." TOMB OF MENKHEPERRESENEB^ 772 . This tomb is one of the most interesting and impor- tant at Thebes. Menkheperreseneb, besides being High Priest^ of Amon under Thutmose III, was also ^^ overseer of the gold-house and overseer of the silver-house,^^ as well as chief architect in the temple of Amon, and ^^ chief of the overseers of craftsmen.^^ As treasurer, he is depicted in his tomb receiving the tribute of Asia, and the treasure from the mines of Africa; while as architect and chief of the master-craftsmen, we find him in charge of Thutmose *In the cliff of Shekh Abd-el-Kurna at Thebes, published by Piehl, Inscrip- tions, I, PL 127 P-129 and 102-5; Virey, Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, V, 197 ff. I had also a copy of the building inscription, kindly furnished me by Mr. Newberry. ^See his statue {Annales, IV, 8, 9) found at Karnak, according to which he was a son of Rekhmire. § 775] TOMB OF MENKHEPERRESENEB 301 Ill's great works in the Karnak temple, recounted in this king's building inscriptions (§§ 599 ff.). Scene of Asiatic Tribute 773- Two lines of Asiatics bring forward splendid and richly chased vessels of gold, silver, etc. The Asiatics are designated as ^Hhe chief of Keftyew, the chief of Kheta, the chief of Tunip {Tnpw), the chief of Kadesh.^^ Before them is an inscription: Giving praise to the Lord of the Two Lands, obeisance to the Good God, by the chiefs of every land. They acclaim the victories of his majesty; their tribute is upon their backs, being every [product] of God's-Land: silver, gold, lapis lazuH, malachite, every splendid, costly stone A line of superscription contains the acclamations of the Asiatics; the bulk of it is lost: the sea ; thy fear is in all lands. Thou hast overthrown the lands of Mitanni (My-tn — ) ; thou hast hacked up their cities, their chiefs are in caves . Reception of Gold 774. Another scene shows the deceased receiving ship- ments of gold, from the ^^ captain of the gendarmes of Coptos^^ and the ^'governor of the gold-country of Coptos:^^ Reception of gold of the highland of Coptos, besides gold of Kush the wretched, being the yearly dues ; by Menkheperreseneb. Inspection of Workmen 775. Again we see the deceased inspecting the work of the craftsmen, accompanied by the words: Viewing the workshop of the temple of [Amon], the work of the craftsmen, in real lapis lazuli, and in real malachite, which his majesty made after the design of his heart,* to be ^monuments'' for his father, ^These very works are shown in the great relief depicting the presentation of monuments to Amon by Thutmose III at Karnak (§ 545), accompanied by the same words, showing that Thutmose III himself furnished the design to the crafts- men. 302 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IH [§ 776 Amon, in fthe house of AmonT|, abiding, flourishing as eternal works; by the hereditary prince, count, pleasing the king as the establisher of his monuments, chief of the overseers of craftsmen, chief of works in the fhouse ofT| Amon, first prophet of [Amon], Menkheperreseneb. He says : A Shrine *'I inspected when the lord. King Thutmose III, erected [a shrine,] called *Thutmose-III-is-the-Wearer-of-the-Diadem-of-Amon,* of endur- ing granite, in one block,* upon the Tcanali ^wrought with electrum, the TialP being of sandstone, wrought with gold of the best of the hills wrought with gold." A Second Shrine 776. "I inspected, when his majesty erected a great*^ shrine of electrum (called) : *Thutmose-III-is-Great-in-Love-in-the-House-of- Amon.'" Colonnade "I inspected when his majesty made a great colonnade,^ [wrought] with electrum ." Obelisks and Flagstaves ** I inspected when his majesty erected obelisks and numerous flag- staves for his father, Amon. I pleased his majesty while conducting the work on his monuments. I did these things, without being unpleas- ant to the heart of ." STELA OF NIBAMON« 777. This official lived at Thebes under the early Thut- mosids, and finally became steward of -Nebetu, one of *A monolithic chapel of granite, such as still exists, for example, at Edfu. ^The following is either a different building, the account of which began in the preceding lacuna, or the hall in which the shrine stood. cSo Piehl; Newberry, "beautiftil." "Horusi has magnified because of his strength. The chiefs of Mitanni {My-tn) come to him, their tribute ^upon their backs, to beseech his majesty that there may [be given to them]^ his sweet breath of life. A mighty occurrence, it has never been heard since the times of the gods. This country which knew not Egypt beseeches the Good God. ^** It is my father Re who commands that I do it; Tie' is the fashioner of my beauty. He appointed me to be protector of this land, (for) he knew that I would offer it to him. He assigned to me that which is with him, which the eye of his uraeus illuminates, ^all lands, all countries, every circuit, the Great Circle (Okeanos); they come to me in submission like every subject of my majesty; Son of Re, Amenhotep (II), Divine Ruler of Thebes, living forever, only vigilant one, begotten of the gods." aOf his other buildings the king has left us no narrative. His small temple between the two southernmost pylons at Karnak is without building inscription. His mortuary temple on the west shore at Thebes was just north of the Ramesseum and alongside that of his father, Thutmose III (see Baedeker, Map, 260), but it has utterly perished. See Spiegelberg, Recueil, XVI, 30, and XIX, 88, 89; also Petrie, Six Temples. ^Probably the name of Amon is cut out here. cRestored after Naville, Deir-el-Bahari, III, 84, 11. 3, 4; infra, § 285, 11. 3, 4- dXhe king speaks. 3i8 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP II [§805 Dedication 805. He made (it) as his monument for his father [Amon], making for him the august columns of the southern hypostyle, wrought with electrum very plentifully, as an eternal work. I made for him a monu- ment in sr — 1. It was more beautiful than that which had been; I increased that which was before ; I surpassed that which the ancestors made. He appointed me to be* lord of the people {rlpy't), while I was a youth in the nest; he gave to me the two halves; he caused that my majesty should assume the throne, as one does a useful thing for his father. I rested upon his throne ; he gave to me the land •" 1. I have no enemies *^in all lands. Temple Equipment 806. I made for him an adytum {sl}m) of gold; its floor was of silver. I made for him many vessels ; they were more beautiful than the bodies of the stars. His silver-house, it inclosed treasures of the tribute of every country. His granaries were bursting with clean grain, rising upon the walls. I founded for him divine offerings. I restored the things of him that begat me, that the Son of Re [Amenhotep II], Divine Ruler of Heliopolis, might be given life, stability, satisfaction, like Re, forever. BIOGRAPHY OF AMENEMHAB [Concluded from § 592] 807. A scene^ in the tomb shows Amenhotep II standing before the deceased Thutmose III enthroned as Osiris. This is in accord with the copy of the "Book of the Dead" found with Thutmose Ill's body, which also testifies to Amenhotep's piety; for it bears the title :^ ^^ Amenhotep 11,^ he made (it) as his monument }or his father, Thutmose III, ^ making for him a book of glorifying the soul.^^ Behind ^Read : dhn'n' f wy r nb. ^Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, V, 245. cMaspero, Momies roycdes, 548. ^Double name. §8o9] BIOGRAPHY OF AMENEMHAB 319 Amenhotep II appear Amenemhab and his wife bearing flowers and food. The biography continues, after the death of Thutmose III, as follows: Accession 0} Amenhotep II 808. "When the morning brightened, ^Hhe sun arose, and the heavens shone. King Okheprure, Son of Re, Amenhotep (II), given life, 39was established upon the throne of his father, he assumed the royal titulary. He r •• all, he mingled with ^ — ^^ in — , ^othe Red Land; he cut off the heads of their chiefs.^ Diademed as Horus, son of Isis, [he] took 4t c — ic the Kenemetyew {Knm' tyw), every land, bowed down because of his fame; with their tribute upon their backs, 42[that he might grant] to them the breath of hfe.'* Favor Shown Amenemhab 809. 42 "His majesty noticed me rowing won[derfully] with him in 43[his] vessel; 'Khammat' was its name. I was rowing ""within both hands at his beautiful feast of Luxor, likewise to the splendors ^4 . I was brought to the midst of the palace, one caused that I should stand before [the king, 0]khepru[re] (Amenhotep II), — 4S — r — 1. i bowed down immediately before his majesty; he said to me, *I know thy character; I was abiding in the nest, while thou wert in ^^the following of my father. I commission thee with office that thou shalt be deputy of the army as I have said, watch thou the ^lite troops^ of the king.* The deputy, Mahu, executed (all) that his lord said."® ^K^'t, with plural strokes and determinative of a prisoner or enemy. It is not Kehek with whom it was identified as formerly restored (Maspero, Struggle of the Nations, 290). tSee Piehl, Zeitschrift fur dgyptische Sprache, 1888, 115, n. 3. Amenemhab doubtless refers to the sacrifice of the seven kings of Tikhsi. cr^iw wntyw, Newberry; he also has nh instead of h, as the first sign of the following word. dThe €lite troops as in 1. 29; k is to be corrected to nh in Eber's copy, as in 1. 29. eSo, after Newberry's copy, which unfortunately does not support Piehl's excellent suggestion {Zeitschrift fur agyptische Sprache, 1885, 61, 62). REIGN OF THUTMOSE IV . SPHINX STELA* m 8io. This remarkable document purports to be a votive stela of Thutmose IV, recording how he had been raised to the throne by Harmakhis, the Sphinx, in recognition of his clearance of the great image from the encumbering sands, in response to the god's appeal to him as a young prince, to whom he appeared in a vision as the youth, weary with the chase, slept at noonday in his shadow. The form and content of the document are strikingly unlike the official or royal records of the Pharaohs. It is besides filled with errors and striking irregularities in orthography, and exhibits a number of suspicious peculiarities not to be expected in a monument of this class. It is therefore to be regarded as a late restoration,^ and it is a great question to what extent it reproduces the content of the monument of which *A huge red granite tablet, standing between the paws of the Great Sphinx, made from one of the architraves of the neighboring (so-called) Temple of the Sphinx. It is II feet ID inches high, and 7 feet 2 inches wide. The lower third of the face has flaked off, so that over half the inscription is lost. It was uncovered by Caviglia in 1818, copied by Salt in 1820; his manuscript text is in the British Museum, Memoirs on the Pyramids and the Great Sphinx, fol. 1820; it was published from this manuscript in Young's Hieroglyphics (London, 1823), PI. 80; again from the same manuscript inaccurately in Vyse Appendix to Operations Carried on at the Pyramids of Gizeh (London, 1842), III, 115; more accurately than any of these, but with further lacunae, in Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 68; repeated partially by Brugsch, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1876, 89-92. Finally a collation of all texts by Erman, Sitzungsberichte KonigUchen Akademie, Berlin, VI, 428-37. I had collated all old publications and BerUn squeeze, and my readings have now been confirmed by Erman's text. ^Erman has now put together the reasons for the same conclusion, which he also has reached. He would date the document between the Twenty-first and Twenty-second Dynasty and Saitic times. Spiegelberg's objections to this conclusion {Orientalistische Litter aturzeitung, 1904) would explain the mistakes and peculiar- ities in the orthography as due to the erasure of the inscription under Ikhnaton 320 § 8ij] SPHINX STELA 321 it is a restoration. Some such current incident during the youth of Thutmose IV may possibly have prompted it; but the form of the narrative as now on the monument is that of a folk- tale. 811. Moreover, a similar incident was narrated of a prince named Amenmose, son of Thutmose I. It was on a monument* by the Sphinx, of which the following frag- ments are preserved: Year 4, under the majesty of Thutmose I, beloved of Harmakhis^ [given life] like Re, forever. ^ There went forth the eldest king*s-son, commander in chief of the army of his father, Amenmose, living forever, to take a pleasure walk^ . Evidently the priests were striving by such tales as these to enhance the reputation of the Sphinx. The upper third of the Sphinx stela is occupied by an adoration scene in which Thutmose IV offers to Harmakhis in form of a sphinx. Below is the inscription, as follows: Introduction 812. ^Year i, third month of the first season, day 19, under the majesty of Horus: Mighty- Bull -rBegettingl- Radiance; Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Enduring -in -Kingship- like -Atum; Golden Horus: Mighty-of-Sword, Repelling -the -Nine -Bows; King of Upper and Lower Egypt; Menkheprure (Mn-hpr['w]-R'^)y Son of Re: [Thutmose IV, Shining] in Diadems; beloved of — , given life, stability, satisfaction, like Re, forever. *Live the Good God, son of Atum, Pro- and the subsequent careless restoration, as in the Theban stelae (e. g., §§ 878 fif.). That this objection cannot hold is evident; for the Sphinx is a sun-god, and the monuments of the sun-gods, especially of the Horuses, were respected by Ikhnaton, and not erased. It is impossible to conceive that Ikhnaton would erase the inscrip- tion to a god called " Harmakhis-Khepri-Re-Atum" (1. 9) in said inscription. *A stone vessel in the Louvre, of which only a fragment, inscribed on two faces, survives. From my own copy of the original. See Erman, ibid., 1063. bThe Sphinx. cQther face. ^R Swtwt hr id ^ hr, as on Sphinx stela. 322 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IV [§813 tector of Harakhte, living image of the All-Lord ; sovereign, begotten of Re; excellent heir of Khepri; beautiful of face like^ his father; who came forth ^ — i equipped with the form of Horus upon him;^ a king who — the gods; who — favor with the ennead of gods; who purifies Heliopolis, ^who satisfies Re; who beautifies Memphis; who presents truth to Atum, who offers it to Him- Who-is-South-of -His- Wall (Ptah) ; who makes a monument by daily offering to Horus; who does all things, seeking benefits for the gods of South and North; who builds their houses of limestone; who endows all their offerings; son of Atum, of his body, Thutmose (IV), Shining in Diadems, Hke Re;^ ^heir of Horus upon his throne, Menkheprure, given life.*^ Youth 0} Thutmose 813. When his majesty was a stripling like Horus, the youth in Khemmis, his beauty was Hke the ^protector of his father,'^ he seemed® like the god himself. The army rejoiced because of love for him, the king's-children and all the nobles. Then his strength overflowed him, and he ^repeated the circuit of his might like the son of Nut.^ Hunting Expedition Behold, he did a thing that gave him pleasure^ upon the high- lands of the Memphite nome, upon its southern and northern road,^ shooting at a target with copper^ bolts, hunting lions and wild goats, coursing in his chariot, his horses being swifter ^than the wind ; together with two of his followers, while not a soul knew it. Midday Rest 814. Now, when his hour came on for giving rest to his followers, (it was always) at the ""shoulderi of Harmakhis, beside Sokar in Rosta, ^Read my for my hk ^ ^He was born with the royal insignia upon him, as in Papyrus Westcar. cThe usual predicate is here cut in two, with half of it after each name; the two names are in inverted order also. This could only have happened from the scribe's use of an original in which the two names were in two vertical lines, with the predicate under them (Erman). ^Harendotes, a title of Horus. ^Passive of "see;" cf. videri. ^So also Erman. ^Sd 3 occurs also in the hunting inscription of Imunzeh {Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, V, 355). ^Or: "side." ^Not bronze, as in all the versions. §8i5] SPHINX STELA 323 Renutet in r la in heaven, Mut of the northern — the mistress of the Wall of the South, Sekhmet ^presider (fern.) over Khas {If ^ s) ^ 1 the splendid place of the ^beginning of time, over against the lords of Khereha {Hr-^1}'^), the sacred road of the gods to the necropo- hs^ west of On (HeHopoHs). Now, the very great statue^ of Khepri, rests in this place ;« the great in prowess, the splendid in strength; upon which the shadow of Re tarries. The quarters of Memphis and all the cities which are by him come to him, (raising)^ their hands for him in: praise to his face, ^bearing great oblations for his ka. The Vision 815. One of those dayss it came to pass that the king's-son, Thut- mose, came, coursing at the time of midday, and he rested in the shadow of this great god.^ A '"vision^ of sleep seized him at the hour (when) the sun was in the zenith, ^and he found the majesty of this revered god speaking with his own mouth, as a father speaks with his son, saying: *' Behold thou me ! See thou me ! my son Thutmose. I am thy father, Harmakhis-Khepri-Re-Atum, who will give to thee my kingdom ^°on earth at the head of the living.^ Thou shalt wear the white crown and the red crown upon the throne of Keb, the hereditary prince. The land shall be thine in its length and breadth, that which the eye of the All- Lord shines upon. The food of the Two Lands shall be thine, the great tribute of all countries, the duration of a long period of years. My face is thine, my desire is toward thee. Thou shalt be to me a pro- tector "(for) my manner is as I were ailing in all my limbs •" — i. The sand of this desert upon which I am, has reached me; turn to me, to ^The first two words indicate grains, a meaning which suits Renutet, a har- vest goddess. T ^ -mwt is also the name of a The ban region (Djeme) ; it occurs e. g., Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, I, 11, i). ^Lit., "the first time." cLit., "horizon." If Giseh was the necropolis of Heliopolis, it is probable that the Fourth Dynasty kings may have actually resided in Heliopolis. ^The Great Sphinx. ®This is a resumption of the object, which preceded in the foregoing clauses. ^Lit., "give." «It would seem that the preceding lines narrate the hunting expedition(s ?) as customary, and on "one of those days" the following incident of the dream occurred. ^^The Sphinx. i Young: tp t ^ J}nt ^nl}>'w. 324 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IV [§8i6 have that done which I have desired, knowing that thou art my son, my protector; Tcome hither^, behold, I am with thee, I am "*thy leader.'* When he had finished this speech, this king's-son rawokei hearing this* ; he understood the words of this god, and he kept silent in his heart. ^Hesaid:^ "Come, let us hasten to our house in the city; they *^ shall protect the oblations for this god ^^d^jji^h we bring for him: oxen •" — 1 and all young vegetables; and we shall give praise [to] Wen- nofer,^ Khaf[re],® the statue made for Atum-Harmakhis 14 f ASIATIC CAMPAIGN 8i6. The records of Thutmose IV's Asiatic war or wars are scanty and scattered. It is clear, however, that he still maintained the empire at its former northern limits. Naharin paid tribute, although a campaign thither had been necessary. 817. The king left a record referring to the first war in Asia in a list of offerings from his victories, which he had made in Karnak,* in which nothing more concerning the campaign can be seen than that there were among these offerings, things ^^ which his majesty captured in Naharin^ ( fi^"^ tke wretched^ on his first victorious campaign ^ *A11 from Young. ^Bnigsch's text. cQr: "we?" "that we may protect .... and that we may bring" (so Erman). ^All from Young. •This mention of King Khafre has been understood to indicate that the Sphinx was the work of this king — a conclusion which does not follow; Young has no trace of a cartouche. ^Young shows two fragments, each bearing a few words (from the middle of 11. 16 and 17 and 11. 18 and 19) which probably refer to further offerings. ^Fragmentary lower ends of ten vertical lines east side of the wall surrounding Hatshepsut's obelisk; published Mariette, Karnak, 33= Rouge, Inscriptions hieroglyphiques, 164; photograph by Borchardt. l^Mariette read only the final '(aleph), but Rouge read n^ a.t the end. This reading is also perfectly clear on the photograph. Brugsch's "Kheta" {Geschichtey 393) must therefore be given up. See also Miiller, Asien und Europa, 321, n. 2. §8i9] ASIATIC CAMPAIGN 325 818 . This is corroborated by the inscription of Amenhotep, a bodyguardsman of Thutmose IV, whose tomb stela* calls him: Attendant of the king on his expeditions in the south and north countries; going from Naharin (N-h-ry-n) to Karoy (K^-r-y) behind his majesty, while he was upon the battlefield; companion of the feet of the Lord of the Two Lands, chief of the stable of his majesty, high priest of Onouris, Amenhotep, triumphant. 819. In harmony with these data, we find depicted on the two following monuments the tribute of Naharin and Retenu; the first is in the tomb of KJiamhet,^ who was a powerful noble, and served as chief treasurer under Thutmose IV and Amenhotep III.^ His tomb contains three scenes of historical importance, of which one^ belongs to the reign of Thutmose IV. It shows the king seated in a "naos'' at the left; before him are magnificent vessels of Asiatic workmanship in gold and silver, and quantities of these metals in large rings. Behind these are Asiatic princes bowing to the earth, over whom is the inscription : " Bringing in the tribute of Naharin (N-h-ry-n ^) by the princes of this country, in order to crave that the breath of life be granted to them. Obeisance to the great Lord of the Two Lands, when they come, bearing their tribute to the I-iord of the Two Lands, (saying:) ** Grant us breath, which thou givest, O mighty king.'* *Sharpe, Inscriptions, I, 93. ^In the cliff of Abd el-Kurna (No. 120) at Thebes; published entire by Loret, Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, I, 113-32; partially, Prisse, Histoire de VArt\ Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 76, 77; ChampoUion, Monuments, 160, i; ChampoUion, Notices descriptives, 498 f., 839 f. The entire tomb is now being broken up by natives, part of the reliefs having reached Berlin (1899). A useful summary in Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 282, where the tomb is inadvertently placed in the reign of Amenhotep IV. cSee §§87ofif. ^ChampoUion, Monuments, 160, i; ChampoUion, Notices descriptives, 498 f., 839 f. It has been incorrectly attributed to Amenhotep III by Wiedemann {Aegyptische Geschichte, 381). "ChampoUion, Monuments, 160, i; the remainder from ChampoUion, Noticts descriptives, I, 839 f. 326 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY. THUTMOSE IV [§820 820. A similar scene in the tomb of Thaneni is accom- panied by the following inscription:^ Bringing in the tribute of Retenu, presentation of the northern countries; silver, gold, malachite, every costly stone of God's-Land; by the princes of all countries. They come, to fmake gifts'^] to the Good God, to ask for breath for their nostrils ; by the real king^s-scribe, his beloved, commander of troops, scribe of recruits, Thaneni. 821. A tablet^ of the king, erected in his mortuary temple at Thebes, records the settlement of Syrians in the temple inclosure : Settlement of the " Fortress of Menkheprure," with Syrians {J^ ^ -rw), which his majesty captured in the city oi K^ -d^ — (rGezeri). 822. Finally, on the Lateran Obelisk (§838), the king refers to the cedar which he cut in the land of Retenu; and on the stela of Semen {Smn) in the Louvre (C 202),^ he is twice called the ^^ conqueror of Syria^^ (sksk h^rw)^ a title which must have been won in successful Syrian wars. KONOSSO INSCRIPTION^ 823. This inscription contained perhaps the most inter- esting record of all the many Nubian wars, and its content has never been historically employed ; but it is so incorrectly published that it is difficult to follow. While engaged in the ceremonies of the Theban temple, on the second of Phamenoth, in the year 8, Thutmose IV receives a message ^Scheil, Memoir es de la mission jrangaise au Caire, V, 601. ^Petrie, Six Temples, I, 7. cDe Rouge, Notice des monuments, 153; and text, Brugsch, Thesaurus, VI, 1461, No. 113. dCut on the rocks of the peninsula (high-water island) of Konosso by Philse. It was first very incorrectly published by Bouriant {Recueil, XV, 178, 179); again, still worse, in de Morgan, Catalogue des monuments, 66, 67. The inscription contained 40 lines, of which the latter portion is much destroyed; only 23 lines are published. §826] KONOSSO INSCRIPTION 327 reporting a revolt in Wawat. The next morning the king solemnly proceeds to the temple to consult the god, and is granted an oracle promising success. The expedition now embarks and moves southward, stopping on the way at all the great temples, where the divinities come forth to meet the king, and gird him for battle.^ The result of the battle,^ fought doubtless somewhere in Wawat, is of course a foregone conclusion, and the enumeration of the spoil begins, as the published portion comes to an end. 824. The prisoners whom the king brought back on his return were settled in his mortuary temple at Thebes, and the quarter was marked with a tablet "= bearing the words : Colony of Kush the wretched, which his majesty brought back from his victories. The Konosso inscription is as follows: Introduction 825. 'Live Horus: ^ the King of Upper and Lower Egypt: Menkhperure (Thutmose IV), who is given life, forever. ^Year 8, third month of the second season, day 2. Announcement of Nubian Rebellion 826. Behold, his majesty was in the Southern City, at the town of Karnak. His two hands were pure with the purity® of ^a king, and he *A tablet (Lepsius, Dmkmdler, III, 69 e = ChampoUion, Notices descripiives, I, 164) on Konosso, dated year 7, on the eighth of the same month, shows the king before the god Dedun, smiting his enemies. '^There is a reference to the victory in the king's architrave inscription at Amida (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 69, f. 5), and campaigning in Nubia (Karoy) is mentioned by the king's bodyguardsman, Amenhotep (§818). cFound by Petrie in the temple inclosure; it is now in Haskell Oriental Museum, of the University of Chicago {Six Temples, I). ^FuU titulary, lacking only s^-R'^ -name. eRe was ceremonially pure, for carrying out the temple ritual; the emendation is certain, cf. "His majesty was pure with the purity of a god;'* on the construc- tion, see Sethe, Verbum, II, § 725. 328 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IV [§827 performed the pleasing ceremonies of his father Amon, because he had given to [him]^ eternity as king, everlastingness while abiding upon the Horus-throne. One came to say to his majesty: ''The Negro descends 4from above Wawat; he hath planned revolt against Egypt. He gathers to himself ^all the barbarians and the revolters of other countries." Oracle of Amon 827. The king proceeded in peace to the temple at the time ^of morn- ing, to cause that a great oblation be offered to his father, the fashioner of his beauty. '"Behold,^ his majesty, he himself petitioned in the presence of 7the ruler of the gods (Amon), that he might counsel him concerning the ^affair of his goingi — and inform concerning that which should happen to him; leading for him upon a goodly road ^to do that which his ka desired, as a father speaks to his son,^ •" 1. He went forth from him, his heart ^rejoicing f "• (for) he sent him with might and victory. Voyage Southward 828. After these things his majesty ^°proceeded to overthrow the TNegroi in Nubia {T^ -pd' t) ; mighty in his barge of •" — •• like Re when he shows himself^ in the celestial barque " ^ His army '^of his victories, was with (him) on both banks, while the recruits were upon its (one) shore, and the ship was equipped with his attend- ants,® ^3as the king proceeded up-stream like ""Orion.i* He illuminated the South with his beauty ; ^ men shouted because of his kindness, ^^women *Of course omitted by the copyist. ^The same phrase is used of the god's speaking to Thutmose IV, on the Sphinx Stela (1. 9, § 815). cA common phrase of the sun-hymns, e. g., Berlin Stela, No. 7316, Ausfiihr- liches Verzeichniss des Berliner Museums, 108. dAbout one-half line mere fragments. The other half is very uncertain. The subject is the embarkation, with the same obscure phrases used in the trans- portation of the el-Bersheh colossus (§698, 11. 7, 8), but "horses" appear here in the place of "the youth" there. ® Apparently we have here the disposition of troops as the king embarked; the veterans {"of his victories") on either bank, the young recruits on one bank, and the bodyguard in the royal barge. f Compare the southward advance of Sesostris I (I, 511, 1. 2), also compared with a star in the same way. §830] LATERAN OBELISK 329 danced at the message. Montu^ was in Erment as the protection of [his] every limb; Irerti {Yrrty)^ led before; every god of the South ^sbore the ^ — ^ before him; Nekbet, the White, of El Kab, she^ fastened the adornments of my majesty,^ her two hands were behind '"me^, she bound for me the Nine Bows together '^ ® I stopped in the city of Edfu, the beautiful god come forth^ like Montu in all his forms, ^7girded with his arms and weapons, ''ragingi« like Set of Kom Ombo ^8. The Battle 829. His army came to him, ^^numerous — with his mighty sword. The fear of him entered into every body; Re put the fear of him among the lands, like Sekhmet in the year of ^°the dew He coiursed through the eastern highland, he traversed the ways like *^a jackal He found all fhis''] foes rscattered^ in inaccessible valleys The remainder is published too badly for translation; one can make out a reference to 'Hheir cattle ^ their trihute^Y upon their hacks ^ LATERAN OBELISK^ 830. Although this obelisk belongs to Thutmose III (§§626 ff.), the inscriptions added by Thutmose IV as side columns are more interesting and important than the dedication in Thutmose III^s name. They state that after aThere is no doubt of the emendation. The advance up-river is marked by references to the gods of the larger places passed. Hermonthis (Erment) is the first place south of Thebes; then follow El Kab, Edfu, and Kom Ombo in the proper order. ^Apparently a goddess. ^An abrupt change to the first person. cRead smn'n's. ®A reference to some feast. ^To meet the king; cf. the same occurrence at Abydos (I, 763). gRead »i» ? ^Of course, some such word is omitted in the publication. iPor bibliography, see §626. 330 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IV [§831 lying neglected and unfinished for thirty-five^ years, the obelisk was found by Thutmose IV, erected and inscribed by him. North Right 831 ^ (Thutmose IV) who seizes by his might, like the lord of Thebes; great in strength, Hke Montu; whom his father, Amon, has made victorious against all countries; to whom unknown lands come, his fear being in their bodies; Son of Re, Thutmose (IV), Shining in Diadems, beloved of Amon, Kamephis, given hfe. North Left 832. King of Upper and Lower Egypt, beloved of the gods; whose excellence the ennead of gods praise; who sends Re to rest in the even- ing-barque; who praises Atum in the morning-barque; Lord of the Two Lands, Menkheprure (Thutmose IV), who beautifies Thebes, forever; who makes monuments in Kamak. The ennead of gods of the house of Amon is satisfied with that which he has done; Son of Atum, of his body, his heir upon his throne, Thutmose (IV), Shining in Diadems, beloved of Amon-Re. South Lejt 833 Thutmose (IV), Begotten of Re, beloved of Amon. It was his majesty who beautified^ the single, very great obelisk, being one which his father,*^ the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Menkhe- perre (Thutmose III) had brought, after his majesty had found this obelisk, it having spent 35 years lying upon its side in the hands of the craftsmen, on the south side of Karnak. My father commanded that I should erect it for him, I, his son, his savior. South Right 834. Son of Re, Thutmose (IV), Shining of Diadems. He erected it in Karnak, making its pyramidion of electrum, (so that) its beauty illu- ^Accepting Thutmose Ill's death as the probable cause of the unfinished condition of the monument, we should have an important chronological datum, if only Thutmose IV had given us the year of his own reign in which he found it. But as it is, the datum indicates only that Amenhotep II and Thutmose IV together reigned at least thirty-five years. ^Full titulary except last name, which comes at the end of this line. cThat is, finished and inscribed it. •iReally his grandfather, but any ancestor of a king may be called his father. §837] LATER AN OBELISK 331 minated Thebes. It was graven with the name of his father, the Good God, Menkheperre (Thutmose III). The King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands, Menkhepnire (Thutmose IV), Beloved of Re, did this, in order to cause that the name of his father might abide and endure in the house of Amon-Re, that the Son of Re, Thutmose (IV), Shining in Diadems, may be given life through him (»/). West Right 835 (Thutmose IV), whom Amon has chosen before the people [whom Mut] bore [to him], [whom] he [loves] more than any king, to see whose beauty he rejoices, because he has so fully set him in his heart; under whose authority he has placed the Southerners and the Northerners, doing obeisance to his fame. He made (it) as his monument for his father, Amon-Re, erecting for him a very great obelisk at the upper portal^ of Karnak, over against Thebes, that the Son of Re, his beloved Thutmose (IV), Shining of Diadems, may be given life through him (nf). West Lejt 836 Menkheprure, eldest son, useful to him who begat him; doing that which satisfies the lord of gods ; (since) he knows the excellence of his plans. It is he who has led him to pleasant ways, and who hath bound for him the Nine Bows beneath his feet. Behold, his majesty was vigilant in beautifying the monument of his father. The king himself was the one who gave direction, being skilfully-minded like "Him-Who-is-South-of-His-Wall" (Ptah). He erected it ""at the com- pletion of time"*. He rejoiced the heart of the one who fashioned him; Son of Re, Thutmose (IV), Shining in Diadems, . East Right 837. Good God, Mighty in Strength, Sovereign, seizing by his victories, who sets his terror among the Asiatics, and his roaring among the Nubian Troglodytes, whom his father, Amon, reared to exercise an enduring kingship, while the princes of all countries do obeisance to the fame of his majesty; who spoke with his mouth and executed with *The entrance to the Karnak temenos on the south side, to which the four southern pylons lead. It is mentioned on the statue of Beknekhonsu (III, 567, 1. 5), where it is also called "upper portal'* {sb ^-hry). 332 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: THUTMOSE IV [§838 his hands. All that he commanded happened; King of Upper and Lower Eg)^t, Menkheprure (Thutmose IV), of abiding name in Kar- nak, given life. East Left 838 Menkheprure, who multiplied monuments in Kamak, of gold, lapis lazuli, malachite, every splendid costly stone; the great barge of the "Beginning- of -the-River"^ (named): Userhet-Amon, shaped of new cedar, which his majesty cut^ in the land of Retenu, wrought with gold throughout; all its adornments were fashioned for the first time, to receive the beauty of his father, Amon, on his voyage of the "Beginning-of-the-River." May the Son of Re, Thutmose (IV), Shining in Diadems, be given Hfe through him. STELA OF PE'AOKE*^ 839. The mortuary stela of the standard-bearer {P-srt) of the royal barge, Pe^aoke {P^-^^-^k), after the usual prayers, records the arrival of a royal messenger at Abydos, to attend to the conveyance to Osiris of certain property of the people. The nature of these payments is not at all clear, and the purpose of their record is only incidental, being doubtless to explain the occasion on which Pe'aoke visited Abydos and executed his stela there. His reference to Ahmose shows that Thutmose IV increased his ancestor's mortuary endowment. A stela in the British Museum*^ mentions a '^palace (h't) of Thutmose IV, given life, in Abydos,^^ which would indicate that he occasionally resided *The same in Thutiy (1. 18, § 373). It was some feast on the river, perhaps that of the fourteenth of Paophi. ^The same statement by Amenhotep III (§ 888, 11. 16, 17). ^Stela in the Louvre, C 53; see de Rougd, Notices des monuments^ 100. I had my own copy of the original. dNo. 148; it is the mortuary stela of Neferhet {N}r-h^'t)y the chief of works in tile palace (from my own copy of the original). §84o] STELA OF PE'AOKE 333 there, and Pe'aoke's record of the gifts of cattle and lands would indicate great interest in Abydos on the part of Thutmose IV. 840. There came a royal messenger of King Menkheprure (Thut- mose IV), who is given Hfe, to his father, Osiris, lord of Abydos, to give to him all his property which was with all the people (rliy i), being bulls, oxen, wild cattle, fowl, and all his ^^propertyi which was therein. Again one came to give the lands of Osiris to him,* which were [with] all the people (rfpy't); the stat (st^'t) being 1,200. Again came the like for the Good God, Nebpehtire (Ahmose I),^ in order to give [to] him all the lands ^ \ »The order of words is unusual; the dative should precede the direct object. ^Referring to a mortuary endowment; but the form of expression is unusual for this idea. REIGN OF AMENHOTEP III BIRTH AND CORONATION^ 841. The scenes and inscriptions representing Amen- hotep Ill's supernatural birth and his coronation by the gods, which he had placed upon the walls in one of the chambers of his Amon-temple at Luxor, are taken from the same sources as those of Hatshepsut, and have already been treated under her reign (§§187-212, 215-42). For Ahmose, the mother of Hatshepsut there, one must here substitute Mutemuya, the mother of Amenhotep III; and for Hatshepsut, Amenhotep HI. NUBIAN WAR 842. In his fifth and sixth years, Amenhotep III found it necessary to invade Nubia as far as Karoy,^ the district conquered by his grandfather, Amenhotep II (§§797), and his great-grandfather, Thutmose III, and probably much farther. He has left us a list of the Nubian regions *In the Luxor temple of Amon in the first chamber on the east of the holy of holies, on the west wall. Partially published by Champollion, Monuments, IV, 339, No. 2-341); Rosellini {Monumenti Storici, 38-41), and Lepsius (Denk- mdler, III, 74, c-75). First completely by Gayet, Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, XV, PI. 62-66 and 75. Besides errors innumerable in the texts, every plate bears two numbers, and on these plates every figure bears two numbers; in each case only one is correct! The errors in the texts, evident everywhere, can be demonstrated easily by a comparison with the texts of the queen's interview with Amon, which have also been published by Bouriant {Recueil, IX, 84, 85). ^Karoy is not mentioned in the records of the campaign, but is referred to, as reached on the first campaign, in the building inscription (§ 889, 1. 23). 334 §844] NUBIAN WAR 335 subjugated, presumably on this campaign, on a colossal granite statue, now in the Louvre.* I. STELA AT FIRST CATARACT^ 843. The upper third of the stela is occupied with a scene showing the king trampling down an Asiatic and smiting two Negroes; before him are Amon and Khnum; behind him, Ptah. The inscription of twelve lines is very fragmentary (having been mutilated by Amenhotep IV in erasing the name of Amon, which has afterward been re- stored), but shows clearly that, owing to a revolt in Nubia, Amenhotep III was obliged to invade the country, and crush the rebels in his fifth year.^ 844. ^Year 5, third month of the first season (third month), day 2, the coronation (day)^ under the majesty of Horus: Mighty Bull, Shining in Truth; Favorite of the Two Goddesses: Establisher of Laws, * Quieter of the Two Lands; Golden Horus: Great in Strength, Smiter of the Asiatics, Good God, Ruler of Thebes, Lord of Strength, Mighty of Valor; 3King of Upper and Lower Egypt: Nibmare (Nb-m^^ ' t-R^)' *Tliis statue (A 18) was usurped by Amenhotep III; it belonged perhaps to a king of the Twelfth Dynasty. See Maspero, Dawn, 491, n. 6. I have verified this usurpation on the original. The list is published by Sharpe (Inscriptions, II, 26). ^Cut in the rock on the road from Assuan to Philae. Text: Lepsius, Denk- mdler, III, 81, g; de Rouge, Inscriptions hieroglyphiques, 254; de Morgan, Cata- logue des monuments, I, 4. cA second stela in the same locahty, also relating to this war, is too fragmentary for translation (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 81, h; de Morgan, Catalogue des monu- ments, 1, 5). Kings of Mitanni. Princesses. Kings of Egypt. Artatama I Shuttarna Mutemuya+Thutmose IV I I 1 III, Dushratta Gilukhipa+ Amenhotep III I Tadukhipa+ Amenhotep IV See Maspero, Struggle of the Nations, 281. 348 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP IH [§ 867 I St Series, XII, 39) has resulted in confusing Kirgipa with Tiy, who is quite another person (see § 861). 867. ^Year 10 under the majesty of ^. . . . 5 ^the Son of Re, Amenhotep (III), Ruler of Thebes, who is granted life; (and) the Great King's- Wife, Tiy, who liveth; the name of whose father was Yuya (Ywy^)y the name of whose mother was Thuya {Twy^). Marvels brought to his majesty, L. P. H.:^ Kirgipa (Ky-r-gy-p^), the daughter of the chief of Naharin (N-h-r-n^), Satirna (S^-ty-r-n^); (and) the chief of her harem-ladies, (viz.,) 317 persons. V. CONSTRUCTION OF A PLEASURE LAKE^ 868. This scarab records the construction of a pleasure lake by Amenhotep III, for his queen Tiy, in a town or a city quarter (dmy), called Zerukha (d^r-wJp^)^ otherwise unknown. It is not unlikely that this is the lake of which the remains, called Birket Habu, are clearly visible south of Medinet Habu, beside the palace of Amenhotep III,^ an exceedingly probable situation. But this lake varies considerably in dimensions from those given on the scarab. The opening of the lake was doubtless in connection with the coronation anniversary, which fell on the next day" after orders for constructing the lake were given. »The usual full titulary. ^This heads the list; we should expect the usual word " statement,** as, e. g., in the lion-hunt scarabs. cFour copies of this scarab are known: (i) in the Vatican (Rosellini, Monu- menti Storici, 44, No. 2= Stern, Zeitschrijt fur dgyptische Sprache, 1877, 87, n. 2 = Marucchi, Bessarione, 1899, 122); (2) private collection of W. Gol^nischeff (privately distributed photographs); (3) collection in Alnwick Castle (Birch, Catalogue, No. 1030, 137); (4) fragment in University College, London (not pub- lished). The first three of the above were collated and published by Steindorfif {Zeitschrijt fur dgyptische Sprache, 1901, 63). ^Ci. Steindorff, Zeitschrijt fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1901, 64. ^§844, 1. i; Lieblein (Sphinx, VI, 113 ff.) has calculated the date of this opening in terms of our calendar as September 26, Julian, or November 5, Gregorian. §871] JUBILEE CELEBRATIONS 349 869. Year 11, third month of the first season, day i, under the majesty of * Amenhotep III, given life; and the Great King's- Wife, Tiy, who liveth. His majesty commanded to make a lake for the Great King's-Wife, Tiy, in her city of Zerukha {D'^ r-wfp^).^ Its length is 3,700 cubits; its width, 700*^ cubits. His majesty celebrated the feast of the opening of the Qake^, in the third month of the first season, day 16,^ when his majesty sailed thereon in the royal barge: "Aton-Gleams."® JUBILEE CELEBRATIONS 870. Amenhotep III celebrated at least three royal jubilees: the first in the year 30; the second, although not recorded, probably like that of Ramses II, in the year 34; and the third in the year 36. The celebration of the first jubilee is recorded in the tomb of Khamhet,* in two remark- able reliefs. 871. The first shows the king enthroned in state at the right; before him is the inscription:* apull fivefold titulary. ^This name was long misread "Zani," with which it has nothing to do (cf. SteindorflF, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1 901, 64; and Breasted, ibid., 65, 66). The statements regarding the presentation of " Zaru" to Tiy, current in the histories, are all to be rejected. ^Vatican copy has 600, the others 700. Steindorff reads here "upper arms'* {rmn) instead of ''cubits" (nthy). This distinction, although evident on the sur- viving cubit rods, is not carried through on the monuments. At Benihasan, the rmw-sign occurs in door dimensions, where it is clear that the cubit is meant; see my remarks (Proceedings of the Society of Biblical ArchcBology, March, 1900, 88-90). dThus the lake must have been completed in fifteen days! eCf. further examples by Spiegelberg {Rechnungen, Text, 81-86), who has compiled a very useful list of these barges, also Breasted, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1901, 66. fLepsius, Denkmdler, III, 76, 77, and Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1 121-23; for full bibliography, see § 819, where also the inscriptions under the reign of Thut- mose IV are given. For a scarab referring to the jubilees, see Brugsch {Thesaurus, VI, 1456). gAmong his titles both inscriptions add that of: "Lord of the Jubilee.'* 350 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP HT [§872 Appearance of the king upon the great throne, to receive the report of the harvest of the South and North. Before the king stands Khamhet reading to him a docu- ment; over Khamhet's head the following inscription in five vertical lines: Communication of the report of the harvest of the year 30^ in the presence of the king, consisting of the harvest of the great inundation of the jubilee fwhichi] his majesty fcelebratedi] ; by^ the stewards of the ""estatesi^ of Pharaoh, L. P. H., together with the chiefs of the South and North, from this land of Kush the wretched, as far as the boundary of Naharin (N-h-ry-n). Under the document are the words: ^' Total: 33,333,300.^^^ 872. As a consequence of this favorable report, the treasury officials are now rewarded, as shown in the fol- lowing scene. ^ The king is seated in state in a splendid pavilion at the left; before him, the inscription: Appearance of the king upon the great throne, to reward the chiefs of the South and North. Before the king stands Khamhet with the inscription: Hereditary prince, count, who satisfies the heart of the king in the whole land, the two eyes of the king in the cities of the South, his two ears in the nomes of the Northland, king's-scribe (named), Khamhet.^ *So Bnigsch, but Lepsius has a lacuna. *>To be connected with "communication." cOr possibly better "income;** see Spiegelberg, Stttdien, 55 and note 227, who, however, does not refer to ovur passage. •^These are probably only plurals of the numeral signs. ^Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 76, ^His titles are written more fully in Champollion, Notices descriptives, I, 840; "Hereditary prince, count, who fills the heart of his lord, favorite of the Good God, to whom are told all the affairs of the ^palace 1 companion of the feet of the Lord of the Two Lands in every place which he treads, chief of the archers of the Good God §875] QUARRY AND MINE INSCRIPTIONS 351 Behind Khamhet are three lines of officials praising the king; the upper line is receiving rich gifts; inscription: Reward of the stewards of the ^estates^ of Pharaoh, L. P. H., together with the chiefs of the South and the North after the statement* of the overseer of the granary concerning them: "They have increased the harvest of year 30." 873. The records of the second Jubilee have perished, but the third is mentioned in the tomb of EJieruf,^ in the following heading: "Year 36. Conducting the companions for presentation in the (royal) presence at the third (hb-sd) jubilee of his majesty.*^ 874. The ceremony of erecting the symbol of Osiris, the curious column, which is also the symbol of stability, was performed on the morning of the traditional royal jubilee feast day (first of Tybi). Amenhotep III is shown personally erecting this column on the morning of one of his jubilee days, in the reliefs in a Theban tomb.*^ QUARRY AND MINE INSCRIPTIONS 875. New chambers in the Turra quarry were opened by the king in his first year,^ and recorded in an inscription* identical in content with another* recording similar work *Read dd with Bnigsch; not fd as in Lepsius, Denkmdler. ^Brugsch, Thesaurus, 1120. cThat this is Amenhotep III is shown by the mention of Queen Tiy in the titulary. dBrugsch, Thesaurus, V, 1190-96, ^The quarries at el-Bersheh were also opened in the "year i," as recorded there in a mutilated inscription (Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archeeology, IX, 195); much better, Spiegelberg, Recueil, 26, 151, 152). It records the erection of a monument of uncertain character in the Thoth temple at Hermopolis. fCut on the walls of the limestone quarry at Turra; published Lepsius, Denk- maler. III, 71, a-d, and Vyse, Pyramids, III, 96, Nos. 3 and 4. gThis second inscription of the same content, Lepsius, Denkmdler, 71, &. Compare the similar inscription of Ahmose in the same quarry (§§ 26-28). 352 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP HI [§876 in the second year. The latter is surmounted by an offering scene, and is as follows: *Year 2, under the majesty of ....*... .^ Amenhotep (IH) ; his majesty commanded to open the quarry-chambers anew, in order to quarry fine limestone of Ayan (^ n), in order to build his temples 3of a million of years, after his majesty found the quarry-chambers which are in Troja (R^ -^ wy), beginning to be very ruinous since the *times which were before. It was my majesty who made (them) anew, in order that he might be given life, stability, satisfaction, health, like Re, forever. 876. The granite quarry at Assuan was visited by an official of this king, for the purpose of cutting out a colossal statue of his lord. This officer has had carved in relief^ on the rock his own figure standing in homage before the names of Amenhotep III. Below are the words: [Homage] to the Good God, when was made the great statue of his majesty (called): " Sun-of -Rulers." Near by is an overturned, unfinished, colossal statue, to which the inscription doubtless refers. 877. A stela'' of the year 36 in Sarbtit-el-Khadem in Sinai, records an expedition thither in that year, in which the commanding official refers to the ^'sea {the Great Greeny^ in a connection^ which would indicate that he crossed to Sinai by the sea route, but the inscription is too fragmentary for translation. »The full titulary, but omitting the Golden Horus-name. ^Sharpe, Egyptian Inscriptions, II, 39; de Morgan, Catalogue des monu- ments, I, 63. cLepsius, Denkmaler, III, 71, c^ Ordnance Survey, III, PI. 14. ^The connection is broken by an interfering fragment of rock which the photographer of the Ordnance Survey failed to remove. Another stela of the year 36 shows Amenhotep III offering to Amon and Hathor (Lepsius, Denk- maler, III, 71, d; not in Ordnance Survey). §879] BUILDING INSCRIPTION 353 BUILDING INSCRIPTION*^ 878. This monument has had an interesting career. Erected by Amenhotep III in his temple behind the Memnon colossi, to record his buildings in honor of Amon, its inscrip- tion was almost totally obliterated by the reforming zeal of his son, Amenhotep IV. ^ It was restored by Seti I, who recorded his restoration thus: ^^Restoration of the monument which the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Menmare (Seti /), made for his father Amon-Re, King of all Godsy"" In restoring the monument, the sculptor of Seti found the old lines sufficiently traceable to be recut with tolerable certainty, not without some glaring errors, which cannot always be corrected. Four or five generations later, Mer- neptah demolished the splendid temple of Amenhotep III, containing this stela, and used the material, including the stela"^ in a building of his own, where it fell down and remained until taken out by Petrie in February, 1896. 879. The upper third is occupied by a scene twice showing Amenhotep III with the usual legends, offering a libation to Amon. The inscription of thirty-one lines records Amen- *Discovered by Petrie in February, 1896, on a black granite stela lying in the ruins of the Theban mortuary temple of Merneptah; this stela is 10 feet 3 inches by 5 feet 4 inches, and 13 inches thick. See Contemporary Review, May, 1896, 619; Century Magazine, August, 1896, 501 (view of stela in situ). Text: Photo- graphic reproduction and transcription with translation and excellent commentary by Spiegelberg, Recueil, XX, 37-54; finally in Petrie, Six Temples, PI. XI, XII. I have used a photograph, kindly sent me by E. Brugsch-Bey shortly after the discovery of the monument, at which time I made the translation; later notes drawn from Spiegelberg I have carefully credited to him. Important suggestions in Orientalistische Litter aturzeitung, 1898, No. 5, 156, 157. ^One can clearly see in the photograph that the inscription has been hammered out, as far as the end of 1. 22, including also parts of lines 23-28, leaving the last three lines untouched (see, e. g., photographs in Recueil, XX, and Century Maga- zine, August, 1896, 501). Excepting the two figures of the king, the scene at the top was also erased. cCut between the two figures of Amon at the top of the monument; similar restorations by Seti often, e. g., on the obelisk of Hatshepsut. dHe cut on the back of it the hjmin of victory, mentionina Israel: see III, 602 fif. 354 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP IH [§88o hotep Ill's chief buildings and other pious works in honor of Amon: 1. Introduction, 11. 1-2 (§882). 2. Temple of the (Memnon) Colossi, 11. 2-10 (§§ 883-85). 3. Luxor Temple and Connected Buildings (§§ 886, 887). 4. Sacred Barge of Amon, 11. 16-20 (§ 888). 5. Third Pylon of Karnak, 11. 20-23 (§ 889). 6. Temple of Soleb, 11. 23-26 (§ 890). 7. Hymn of Amon to the King, 11. 26-31 (§§ 891, 892). 880. The architectural data given by the scribe are very important, but are as usual, very general and vague, show- ing great, if not total, lack of technical knowledge of the subject. The treatment of temple floors with silver (11. 3, II, and 22) and the walls with gold or electrum (11. 3, 11), although very vaguely described, is important. The settle- ment of Syrians around the temple of the (Memnon) Colossi is historically of importance also. The king's selection of his Soleb temple in Nubia, to be mentioned in preference to his Egyptian temples outside of Thebes,^ shows his strong interest in the region above the second cataract, where he was so active, and where he caused himself to be worshiped. It is furthermore noticeable that the king makes no reference to his other Theban buildings, the temple of Mut and the temple at the northern gate of the Karnak inclosure, of either of which very little now remains.^ ^Thus he omits all reference to his Memphis temple, where he was evidently worshiped, for he appears with Ptah as one of the gods of Memphis (Papyrus Sallier, IV; Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 961, No. 23); and his temple there was called "House 0} Nibmare" (Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 963). A cultus statuette which he dedicated to himself as a god in this Memphis temple is in Alnwick collection; it bears the dedication: ''Nibmare (Amenhotep III); he made it as his monument for his living image in 'The House of Nibmare'^* (Birch, Catalogue Alnwick Castle, 56-58). The El Kab temple, which he is often stated to have built, was erected by Thutmose IV, his father, for whom he only decorated it, as the inscription states: "La, the majesty of King Nibmare decorated this monument of his father, Thutmose IV, forever and ever" (Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 80, 6= J. J. Tylor, The Temple of Amenhotep III, PI. 10; again PL 8 = Lepsius, Denkmaler, Text, IV, 43). ^This is to be explained by the fact that the stela records only buildings of Amon. §883] BUILDING INSCRIPTION 355 Part of the dedicatory inscription of the latter is still pre- served,^ and contains data of importance. It is introduced by the king's titulary, to which is appended: 881. Who raises a monument in Karnak, a marvelous thing, unlim- ited in — of gold, plentiful in gold, unlimited in malachite and lazuli; a place of rest for the lord of gods, made like his throne that is in heaven, that he (the king) might be thereby given satisfying life like Re forever. ^ an inclosure made to flourish with monuments, made to shine with all flowers, filled with slaves (mr't) due from the (hsb-) officials, being children of the chiefs of all countries, coming in obeisance to his fame. The Son of Re, Amenhotep, ruler of Thebes, made it for the chosen of Re, because he loved his father, Amon, lord of Thebes, so much more than all the gods. He has been given life, stability, satisfaction, like Re, forever. Of all this the great building stela makes no mention. It is as follows: Introduction 882. ^Live ^ Amenhotep (III), Ruler of Thebes; beloved of Amon, lord of Thebes, presider over Karnak; given life, joy of his heart, that he may rule the Two Lands like Re, forever; ^the Good God, possessor of joy, who is very vigilant for him that begat him, Amon, king of gods; who hath made great his (Amon's) house,^ who hath satisfied his beauty'^ by doing that which his ka desires. Temple of the Memnon Colossi^ 883. Behold, the heart of his majesty was satisfied with making a very great^ monument ; never has happened the like since the beginning. ^Published by Bouriant, Recueil, XIII, 171-73. ^This section is covered by a Roman wall. cFull five-name titulary. Here follows a statement of the weight of some monument, above mentioned. cThis unknown substance appears as a basket of red kernels in the tomb of Rekhmire (Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, iiii, and Wilkinson, Manners, I, Pi. II A). 368 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP III [§904 land, its beauty seems like the horizon of heaven 47 . jje f made!] wide for him its extent, an august judgment-hall of 48 an august — for this portal ^of the maker of his majesty as my father"" 49 desires them monument for him who raised so real lapis lazuH, 3,000 (+x) deben si 3,631^ — 52 chiefs of all countries, monuments ss great door- way of electrum S4 of the land that sees it, every land ^ "■ 55 as leader of them in 56 of new cedar of the royal domain s7 august — of electrum, obelisk[s]^ ss DEDICATION STELA^ 904. This stela contained the dedication of the mortuary temple of Amenhotep III, which stood behind the (Memnon) Colossi at Thebes. It stood in the usual place, the ^^ Station of the King,^^ which it marked, being erected, like the similar stelae of Amenhotep II at Elephantine and Amada (§ 791 ff.), against the inside of the rear wall of the holy of holies.'^ Here it proclaimed the king's gift of the temple to the god, on the spot where the king stood in officially absolving the ceremonies of the ritual. The upper third of the stela is occupied by two con- ventional scenes, showing the king, Amenhotep III, and his ^These obelisks probably stood in front of this pylon (III); they must have been removed to build the great hypostyle; the only obelisks of Amenhotep III now known at Karnak are in the northern temple, but only fragments have sur- vived (Lepsius, Denkmaler, Text, III, 2). Perhaps they stood on the two bases referred to in Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 253. ^Ll. 59-71 contain only an incoherent word or two at the end; indeed, 11. 62 and 69-71 are entirely gone. cAn enormous sandstone stela about 30 feet high and 14 feet wide, still lying a few hundred feet behind the colossi of Amenhotep III at Thebes; text, Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 72. dThe stela is directly referred to in another building inscription of Amen- hotep III in this same temple (§ 883, 1. 5), where it is called "« station of the king, wrought with gold and many costly stones." The word "station" is here deter- mined with a stela, and the text would indicate that it was overlaid and incrusted. §9o6] DEDICATION STELA 369 queen, Tiy, before ^^ Sokar-Osiris''^ (on the left) and ^^Amon- Re'' (on the right). The text of twenty-four lines represents: (i) the king delivering the temple which stood behind the Colossi to Amon in a presentation address* (11. 2-13); (2) Amon accepting it with words of praise to the king (11. 14-20); (3) the "Divine Ennead" calling upon the god to enter his temple, while they praise him and the king (11. 20-24).^ The text is badly broken and certainly corrupt in a number of places. I. SPEECH OF THE KING (lL. I-13) Temple 905. ^Live ^ King Amenhotep (III). *Hesaith: "Come thou, Amon-Re, lord of Thebes, presider over Kamak; thou hast seen thy house which I have made for thee in ^the west of Thebes.'^ Its beauty mingles with Manu {M ^ -nw), when thou sailest over the heavens to set therein. ^When thou risest in the horizon of heaven, it shines® with the gold of thy face, (for) its face is toward the east •" '^^ thou shinest in the morning every day; thy beauty is in its midst without ceasing. I made it ^in excellent work, of fine white sandstone. * Colossal Statues 906. My majesty filled it with monuments, with my [rstatuesTJ^^ from the mountain of gritstone. When they are seen (rin"") their place, ^The erection of the same temple is recorded in 11. 2-10 in the preceding build- ing inscription, §§883, 884, ^It is therefore not merely a dialogue between the god and the king, as stated by Brugsch, Egypt under the Pharaohs, 207. cThe usual full titulary. ^ys't wr't ntW'> s't probably designates "the west 0} Thebes" found in 1. 3 of the preceding building inscription {ymy-wr't nt w^ s't). ^Though causative, this verb may be used intransitively, e. g., 1. 24 below. f The parallelism of "because thou risest" and "because thou settest" is all that can be made of this phrase. gThis restoration is probable, for the (Memnon) colossi before this temple are of gritstone. 370 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP HI [§907 there is great rejoicing because of their size.^ I- made ^likewise a r — lb upon the stone; it is of alabaster, pink and black granite; my majesty made a double pylon, ^ seeking excellent things for my father; statues coming forth ^ '^ they were shaped, ^ — throughout. Great was that which I made, of gold, stone, and every splendid costly stone without end. I gave to them the directions to do that which pleases thy ka, ^ — 1 satisfied with^ an august dwelling like 7 . Offerings 907. I made for them® offerings . My majesty hath done^ these things for millions (of years), and I know that they will abide in the earth for my father ^ all that was due him; I made for thee a shadow^ for thy voyage across the heavens as Atum, coming forth with all the [gods], while the divine ennead who are behind thee and the Sacred Apes praise thy rising and thy appearing in ^ — the horizon. The divine ennead rejoice, they give exaltation to Khepri; the Sacred Apes give praise to thee^ when thou settest in Enekh^ in the west. Obelisks 908. I made "obelisks there •" \ Thou hast shown favor fori all that my majesty made there in the likeness of a chapel of thy majesty ^ i.k '^ Again I made for thee monuments on the *The so-called Memnon colossi are about 58 feet high (Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 141 ff.)> but this height is reduced nearly 5 feet by the accumulated Nile mud. They bear, or at least the southern statue bears, the dedication (Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 144): "iJe made (it) as his monument for his father Amon; making for him a great statue of costly gritstone " There is among the titles of the king also a reference to the monument as "brought from Northern Heliopolis to Southern Heliopolis.''* The quarry of red gritstone, whence the statues were taken, is at the Gebel el-Ahmar near Cairo (see 1,493, 1- i5> note) and Heliopolis; Southern Heliopolis is modern Erment, south of Thebes. ''Read ky, "form;** the b as determinative? ^Or: "resting in" ^Translated from the determinative only. «For the statues. ^There is a superfluous personal ending here. sThis is probably not the "Divine Shadow,** but a sunshade to protect the god on festival processions, or, as the text has it, when he crosses the heavens. ^Lit., "to thy face,** or before thee. 'Meaning "life,** a euphemism for the place of the dead. iLit., "o/." ^A little over one-third line. §9ii] INSCRIPTIONS OF AMENHOTEP 371 west of the Great [JSeajti;* I exacted all works ^ '^^ in order to furnish my impost by the [Qiand"'] of my army. I rejoiced ^*when I had done (it) for my father. I [founjded for thee offerings every day at the beginning of the sea- sons and oblations at their times, dj^ues for^] thy temple; its prophets, its priests from the greatest and choicest of ^^the whole land Accept that which I have made, revered father, Amon, of the beginning of the world." n. SPEECH OF AMON (lL. T4-20) 909. ^^XJtterance by Amon-Re, :^ ''Come, my son Amen- hotep,^ ^51 hear what thou sayest; I have seen thy monument, I am thy [fath]er, creator of thy beauty ^°. . . .® I accept the [monument] which thou hast made for me." in. SPEECH OF THE DIVINE ENNEAD (LL. 20-24) 910. Utterance by the Divine Ennead: ^ ^: '^"Come into thy eternal temple. It is Nibmare, thy son, who has done this for thee.^ *3. . . .g Thou art in heaven, ^"^thou shinest for the earth; he (the king) is on earth, administering thy kingdom s s INSCRIPTIONS OF AMENHOTEP, SON OF HAPI 911. This famous official, who lived under Amenhotep III, was a descendant of an old noble family, the ancient nomarchs of Athribis, and still maintained the office of chief of the prophets of the temple at that place, which went with his ancient rank. He acquired a great reputation for aThe name of this temple was "House-of-Amon-on-the-West-of-Thebes;** see § 883, note. ^Five or six words. cHalf a line of titles. ^Both names. eAbout one-fourth of the omitted portion is broken out, the remainder contains only the conventional praise of the Idng by the god. ^One-third line. gMuch broken, and contains only the conventional phrases of praise to Amon or the king. 372 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP HI [§912 wisdom. On the temple of Der el-Medineh at Thebes an inscription says of him: ^^His name shall abide j or ever, his sayings shall not perish^ These sayings were thought to be referred to in the papyrus of Heter at Gizeh,^ but this has been clearly shown to be an error. ^ The attribution of a mortuary papyrus'" to him is also very questionable.^ The only wisdom unquestionably assigned to him, though it is probably a pseudepigraphon, is found in an eighteen- line Greek scrawl of the third century B. C, on a limestone ostracon belonging to the Egypt Exploration Fund.^ It contains nine fragmentary sayings, of which Wilcken has found three also among the "Proverbs of the Seven Wise Men."^ Amenhotep was long supposed to have built the original temple on the site of the present Der el-Medineh temple;^ Sethe has shown the error of this supposition. '^ He was long ago pointed out by Brugsch, on the basis of his statue inscription, as the architect' of the Memnon colossi on the Theban plain — an error which a careful translation of the inscription immediately exposes.^* 912. He lived to be at least eighty years old, when the king granted him a statue^ in the Karnak temple of Amon with the following dedication: ^By Maspero, Memoire sur quelques papyri du Louvre, 23. ^By Sethe, Festschrift filr Georg Ebers, 113, 114. cMariette, Papyri de Botdaq, No, 5. dgethe, ibid. •Published by Wilcken, Festschrift filr Georg Ebers, 142-46. For other material which may be his, see Daressy, Annates, III, 43, 61, 62, where he appears as a god in the Ptah-temple of Karnak in the time of Tiberius. ^Wilcken, Festschrift filr Georg Ebers, 144, 145, eBy Brugsch (Zeitschrift filr dgyptische Sprache, 1875, 125-27) on the basis of the Mortuary Temple Edict below, §§ 921 ff. ^Festschrift fiir Georg Ebers, 11 0-12. ^Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1876, 96 ff. iSee §917. Kinnales, IT, 272, 281-84; IV, PL V, IV. The long inscription has nothing of historical value. See another Karnak statue of him, RectieiL 19, 13, 14. §913] INSCRIPTIONS OF AMENHOTEP 373 [Given as a favo]r of the king's-presence to the temple of Amon in Karnak, for the hereditary prince, count, sole companion, fan-bearer on the king's right hand, chief of the king's works even all the great monu- ments which are brought, of every excellent costly stone; steward of the king's-daughter of the king's-wife, Sitamon, who liveth; overseer of the cattle of Amon in the South and North, chief of the prophets of Horus, lord of Athribis, festival leader of Amon, Amenhotep, son of Hapi, born of the lady Yatu (F^/2«;), triumphant. Having thus attained the age of eighty years, he prays (on this statue) for the usual no years. In later ages he gradually gained recognition as a god, for the first time probably under Ptolemy Euergetes 11;^ so that already in Manetho's time, this historian could say of him that he seemed to partake of the divine nature.^ I. STATUE INSCRIPTION *= 913. This inscription is very difficult and obscure. The introduction (11. 1-26) consists solely of eulogistic epithets and phrases applied to the deceased, and of mortuary texts, of no historical value. The remainder (11. 26-43) contains his official career through three promotions, as follows: Introduction, § 914, H- 26-27. First Promotion, to be Inferior Royal Scribe, §915, 11. 27-29. Second Promotion, to be Superior Royal Scribe, § 916, 11. 29-37- Third Promotion, to be Minister of all Public Works, §917.11- 37-43- aSethe, Festschrift filr Georg Ebers, 116. ^Josephus, Contra Apion, I, 26. cThe third statue of Amenhotep at Karnak; discovered there by Mariette. Published by Mariette, Karnak, 36, 37; Rouge, Inscriptions hieroglyphiques, XXIII- XXVIII; Brugsch, Thesaurus, VI, 1292-98. I had also a copy of the original by Borchardt for the Berlin dictionary. 374 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP HI [§914 Introduction 914. 26 xhe king's-scribe, Amenhotep, triumphant; he saith: **I was great, at the head of the great, skilful in the divine words^ in ''^the •^council"' of understanding, following the plans of the king; one whose ka the sovereign, L. P. H., advanced. First Promotion 915. The Good God, King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Nibmare (Amenhotep III), firstborn son of Harakhte, praised me. I was appointed to be inferior king's-^scribe ; ^^I was introduced into the divine book, I beheld the excellent things of Thoth; I was equipped with their secrets; I opened^ all their ^passages!; one took counsel with me *9on all their matters. Second Promotion 916. My lord again showed favor to me; the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Nibmare, he put all the people subject to me, and the listing of their number under my control, as superior king's-scribe^ over recruits. ^°1 levied the (military) classes of my lord, my pen reckoned the numbers of millions; I put them in ^classes^ in the place of their rddersi; the staff of old age® as his beloved son. 3^1 taxed the houses with the numbers belonging thereto, I divided the troops (of workmen) and their houses, I filled out the subjects^ with the best of the captivity, which his majesty had captured ^^on the battlefield. I appointed all their troops {ts't), I levied I placed troops at the heads of the way(s) to turn back the foreigners in their places, ssxhe two regions were surrounded^ with a watch scouting for the Sand- rangers. I did likewise at the heads of the river-mouths,^ which were *Term for hieroglyphics. ^SS-Hny-ltry d^d\ cThe same phrase (pg^ ny) for opening sacred books in Neferhotep (I, 758). ^Sl-Hny-hry-d = d \ «Same phrase, I, 692. There is a reference here to the replacement of old by new levies, but the technical terms are not yet fully understood. *The native-born Egyptians. sOr: "which surrounded the Two Lands.'* l^Lit., "at the head(s) of the shore of the front mouths;'* the mouths of the Nile are indicated. The meaning "river-mouths" or "harbor-mouths" is clearly determined by the use of the word (r *-h ^'wt) in the wars of Ramses III (year 5, §917] INSCRIPTIONS OF AMENHOTEP 375 closed under 34my troops except to the troops of royal marines. I was the guide of their ways, they depended upon my command. I was the chief at the head of ^Hhe mighty men, to smite the Nubians •"and the Asiatics!,^ the plans of my lord were a refuge behind me; ''when I wandered"" his command surrounded me; his plans embraced all lands 36and all foreigners who were by his side. I reckoned up the captives^ of the victories of his majesty, being in charge of them. I did according to that which he (the king) said, I followed according to the things which he commanded 3? me, I found them excellent things for the future. Third Promotion ' 917. My lord a third time showed favor ^ to me; Son of Re, Amen- hotep (III), Ruler of Thebes, the sun-god is he, to whom hath been given an eternity of his jubilees without end. ^s^^y lord made me chief of all works. I established the name of the king forever, I did not imitate that which had been done before. I fashioned for him a mountain of gritstone, for he is the heir of Atum.^ 39i did according to my desire, executing his likeness in this his great house,® with every precious stone, enduring like the heavens; there was not one^ who had done it (the like) since the time of the founding of his Two Lands. ^°I con- 1. 53, IV, 44; year 8, 1. 20, IV, 65). Maspero's "custom-houses erected at the mouths of the Nile" (Maspero, Struggle of the Nations, 299), while hardly derivable from this passage alone, are amply corroborated by the Amarna Letters, which show that there were custom-houses on the coast of the Delta {Amarna Letters, 29; 32 and 33). ^Possibly *'the Nubians of the cataract region." ^Ys-h 3 k't. cText has "my favor." dSee note on 1. 40, where the mountain is again connected with Atum, in whose district it was. eThe temple of Karnak where our nobleman's statue was found; hence the statue of the king here referred to must be in this temple, and cannot have been one of the Memnon colossi, as Piehl thinks possible {Petites etudes, 37). [Later: Since making the above note, I notice that Sethe has published the same remark {Festschrift fiir Georg Ebers, 109).] It is therefore clear that Brugsch is wrong in concluding from this inscription that Amenhotep, the son of Hapi, necessarily erected the Memnon colossi; as the passage refers clearly to a statue in the Kar- nak temple, where there actually still is a statue of Amenhotep III of the stone of Gebel el-Ahmar (cf. Sethe, ibid., 109). ^The rendering, "there was not a king, etc.," of Brugsch {Zeitschrift fiir dgypt- ische Sprache, 1876, 98) and Piehl {Petites etudes, 37), is due to the misreading of the particle Swt as itn{y), "king;" cf. Erman, Aegyptische Grammatik, §320. 376 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP HI [§918 ducted the work of his statue,^ immense in width, taller than his column, its beauty marred the pylon. Its length was 40^ cubits in the august mountain*^ of gritstone at the side of Re-Atum. ^il built an eight- vessel, I brought it (the statue) up-river;'^ it was set up in [this] great house, enduring as heaven. My witnesses are ye, ye who shall come 4»after us; the entire army was as one under my control, they wrought with joy, their hearts were glad, rejoicing and praising the Good God; ^Hhey landed at Thebes with rejoicing, the monuments rested in their places forever .® Service with the King 918. 3f I [saw] hims fighting hand to hand upon the battlefield, while he was like Min in the year of ■" — \ I recorded the •"numbers^ of his rcaptivesi as subjects of the temples ^ while I was apportioner of ointment. I was versed in her art •" "• and she knew (it), while I was in front with my lord, and I was great before him. I did that which men loved and gods praised 5 Benefits for Athribis 919. Behold ye, I did excellent things; do (so) to me, and it shall be done (likewise) to you; for I am an heir who furnished his city, and expelled its •" — 1 (tw ^) from every place. My lords did benefactions for my god*^ r— 1 ^ ^ ;^y joj-d [Tdugi] his southern lake *Text has plural, but the singular pronouns show the error. ^A statue of Amenhotep III of the Gebel el-Ahmar stone before Harmhab's pylon at Karnak was about 15 meters high, and is probably the one referred to; for it is not stated that the statue was 40 cubits high, but the block in the quarry was 40 cubits ''long." A similar reference to the block in the mountain in I, 698, 1. 6. cThe same as the "Red Mountain" of Mariette, Karnak, 15, 24 (I, 493, 1. 15, note) near Cairo, and still called Red Mountain (Gebel el Ahmar) cf. Baedeker's Egypt, 1902, 74. The phrase "at the side of Re-Atum" refers to its location near the HeliopoHs sanctuary of Re. Sethe notes similar phrases on the Sphinx tablet, 11. 6 and 7 (§ 814). dFrom the quarry near Cairo to Thebes. ^About one-half line. ^Another, shorter inscription on the same statue, Mariette, Karnak, 37, b. LI. I and 2 have almost entirely disappeared. sThe king. l^The god of his city, Athribis. He calls on the people of the place to pray for him because he had used his influence with the king, to secure royal benefits for the local god and temple of Athribis. §922] INSCRIPTIONS OF AMENHOTEP 377 and his northern lake, brightened with flowers upon their shores. I — their — , and led them, because I was one •" 1 his city. He made the house of my god, and my rdtyi. How beautiful is 7 because of his daily offerings. My lord magnified my city greatly, and my family •" 1 on earth. Royal Favor 920. I buried my father, doing again that which "The-Son-Whom- He-Loves " did. I interred my mother ^ . My lord — my necessities, causing me to receive bread rafter^ the feasts. Men said to me : "•" — ^ it hath come to thee through the Lord of the Two Lands. There is no citizen {^w ^) to whom the like has been done." I executed truth 9 * n. MORTUARY TEMPLE EDICT^ 921. This document legally establishes in perpetuity an endowment for the maintenance of Amenhotep's mortuary cult. It was publicly read in his mortuary temple at Thebes to the more important officers of state assembled there in the king's presence, who are adjured to respect it, or suffer under the most dreadful curses. The surviving original is a late copy of the original of Amenhotep's day. Date 922. 'Year 31,^ fourth month of the first season, sixth day, under the majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, the Lord of the Two Lands, Nibmare, L. P. H.; Son of Re, of his body, Lord of Diadems, Amenhotep (III), L. P. H. *Two lines of self-praise. ^Hieratic text, being a copy of very late date, on a limestone stela in the British Museum, No. 138, published in transliteration by Birch (Chabas, MSlanges egyp- tologiques, II ser., 324-43); again by the same author in facsimile {Inscriptions in the Hieratic and Demotic Character, XXIX). I collated the original exhaus- tively and found the latter publication very inaccurate. It was translated by Brugsch, Zeitschrift }iir dgyptische Sprache, 1875, 125-27; Erman, Life in Ancient Egypt, 148 {Aegypten, 214, 215); the present translation is much indebted to Erman's version. cNot II, as Brugsch has it; even 41 is possible. 378 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP HI [§923 The Assembly 923. On this day, one (=the king) was in the ka-chapel* *of the hereditary prince, count, king's-scribe, Amenhotep. There were brought in: the governor of the city, and vizier, Amenhotep; the overseer of the treasury, Meriptah, and the king's-scribes of the army. Establishment of Chapel 924. One said to them in the presence of 3his majesty, L. P. H.: "Hear the command which is given, to furnish the ka-chapel of the hereditary prince, the royal scribe, Amenhotep, called Huy, Son of Hapu, whose excellence is ""extoUed^,^ ^in order to perpetuate his ka-chapel with slaves, male and female, forever; son to son, heir to heir; in order that none trespass upon it forever. It is commended to Amon-Re, king of gods, as long as it is upon earth; she is the king of eternity, he is the protector of the dead. Curses on Violators 925. As for the general and scribe of the army who shall follow after me and shall find the ka-chapel beginning to decay, together with ^the male and female slaves who are cultivating (the field) for my endow- ment, and shall take away a man therefrom in order to put him Cto^) any business of Pharaoh, L. P. H., or any commission, may his body be •"accursedi.^ ^Xhen if another trespasses upon them, and does not answer in their behalf, he shall suffer the destruction of Amon, lord of Thebes, he (the god) shall not permit them to be satisfied with the office of king's-scribe of the army, which they have received for me, ^He (Amon) shall deliver them into the flaming wrath of the king on the day of his anger; his serpent-diadem shall spit fire upon their heads, shall consume their limbs, shall devour their bodies, they shall become like Apophis on the morning of New Year's Day. They shall be engulfed in the sea, ^it shall hide their corpses. They shall not receive the mortuary ceremonies of the righteous ; they shall not eat the food of them that dwell in Keret ; the waters by the flood of the river shall not be poured out for them. Their sons shall not be put into their places. *Not the "temple of Kak," as usually rendered; see Sethe, Festschrift fiir Georg Ebers, iii. ^Brugsch: "dessen Tugenden wohlbekannt sind;" but this is very doubtful. cJt is possible that this is the case of those who do respect the endowment; while the case of those who do not respect it begins with 1. 7. §927] INSCRIPTIONS OF AMENHOTEP 379 '°their wives shall be violated while their eyes see it. The nobles shall not set foot in their houses as long as they are upon earth ; the leaders of the two sides ^ shall not introduce them, nor shall they hear the words of the king in the hour of gladness. "They shall belong to the sword on the day of destruction, they shall be called enemies; when their bodies be consumed, they shall hunger, without bread, and their bodies shall die. If the vizier, overseer of the treasury, chief overseer of the estate, superintendent of the granary, '*high priests, divine fathers, and priests of Amon, to whom has been read this edict, issued for the ka- chapel of the hereditary prince, the king's-scribe, Amenhotep, son' of Hapu, shall not show solicitude ^3for his ka-chapel, the edict shall touch them, and them especially. Blessings on Preservers 0} Chapel 926. But if they shall show solicitude for the ka-chapel, with the male and female slaves who are cultivating (the field) for my ^^endow- ment, then all favor shall be shown them. Amon-Re, king of gods, shall reward them^ with prosperous life.'^ The king of your day, shall •"reward"" you 'Sas he ""rewards"! — .^ There shall be doubled for you office upon office, ye shall receive from son to son and heir to heir. They shall be sent on as messengers, and the king of their day will reward them. ""Their^ bodies shall (rest) '^in the West after (a life of) no years, doubled to you shall be the mortuary oblations likewise. Warning to Gendarmes 927. As for the officers of the gendarmes, H^elonging to' the district of the mayor of the west side, in Khaft(et)-hir-nebes, who '^shall not protect my endowment each day, and on my feast-days on the first of the month, the edict shall touch them, and their bodies shall not ^escape'. '^But if they shall hear all the edict, issued as a command, and they shall obey and shall not forsake it, good shall happen to them as (to) the just. '^They shall rest in the cemetery after years of old age. Codicil. The mayor of the west side is he who ^ — ^ my servants during a single day. aThe people on the two sides of the central aisle in formal assemblies; the leaders (sSm'w) or ushers of such assemblies were the heralds (whm'w). ^Original shows a correction from ''you" to 'Hhem." cThere is no lacuna here nor in the next line, as indicated in the publication. ^The text has omitted the object. 38o EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: AMENHOTEP HI [§928 STATUE OF NEBNEFERa 928. This statue was probably dedicated in the chapel of Prince Wazmose; at least, there is a reference to this prince among the inscriptions which it bears. On the back, however, there is an historical inscription apparently recording the promotion of Nebnefer and the appointment of one Hui to his old place. The promotion was by special message of the king, which Nebnefer himself brought, and it was confirmed by a special formulary prqnounced by the High Priest and witnessed by all four ^^ prophets*^ for the temple, and one witness for the incumbent beside himself. The document thus furnishes us with interesting and important procedure in such temple appointments, which are as yet unknown in any other source. Date 929. 'Year 20, second month of the first season, under the majesty of King Amenhotep III, beloved of Amon * ^ Royal Message On this day, behold [his majesty ^was in the temple]^ of Ptah- South-of -His- Wall, lord of Life-of-the-Two-Lands. Message, con- cerning which the king*s-scribe, the steward, Khampet, came to the chief treasurer, the High Priest of Amon, '♦[Meriptah]^ from the Pharaoh, L. P. H., (saying) : "I^t the chief measurer of the store- house of divine offerings be H^rought — ^ before his fathers; s Hui being put into his place in the storehouse of divine offerings of Amon." ^Fragment of limestone sitting statue, now in the Museum of Brussels; pub- lished by Capart and Spiegelberg in Annates de la Societe d* Archeologie de Bruxelles, Tome XVII, i'« et 2'»« liv., 1903, 19-28. ^Double name of the king and conventional epithets. cThis was probably not Memphis, but the temple of Ptah at Karnak, which bore the same names as the Ptah-temple at Memphis. ^Supplied from 1. 8; the middle three lines evidently extended higher up the plinth than the others, and were an uncertain amount longer. § 93i] STATUE OF NEBNEFER 381 Installation 930. Then it was done according to [all] that [his majesty] said 6 [the High Priest of Amo]n, Meriptah, triumphant, to the king's-scribe, the steward Khampet: *"As for that which is done of thy father Amon, lord of Thebes, ^in all his commands, as heaven endures,^ so shall that which he does endure, enduring and permanent forever." Witnesses 93 1 . Done in the presence of the chief treasurer, the High Priest of ^Amon, Meriptah ; the second prophet, Enen (^ nn) ; the third prophet, Amenemhet; the fourth prophet,*^ Simut; the king's - scribe, Kham- pet; the steward, Sebeknakht. aThe following is evidently the formulary of confirmation in office, pronounced by the High Priest to the incumbent. *>The phrase is common; hence the remark of the authors, "Le passage semble 6tre fautif," is strange. cThe four prophets (the High Priest's title really reads "first prophet") repre- sent the temple, and for the incumbent there are only himself and one more. REIGN OF IKHNATON QUARRY INSCRIPTION AT SILSILEH* 932 . This inscription is among the earliest surviving docu- ments of the great revolution under Ikhnaton. It records the opening of quarry-chambers at Silsileh to obtain stone for the king's first temple^ to his new god, whose cult already seems to be in full development. Although Amon is not yet banished, Aton has his formal name, but not yet in the cartouches, in which it later always appears. The king is however, ^^High PriesV^ of his new god, whose sanctuary he is about to erect. Of this temple not one stone was left upon another by the king's enemies at his death. The materials have been found at Thebes, but scattered" in various structures from Karnak to Erment, chiefly, how- ever, in the Karnak pylons of Harmhab.^ The name of this temple was: ^^Aton-Hs-Found'^-in-the-House-ol-Aton,^^^ ^Tablet fourteen feet high, cut on the quarry wall at Silsileh; published by 'Le'psvaSy. Denkmaler, III, no, i; Legrain, Annales, HI, 263. l^On the Aton-temples at Akhetaton (Amarna), see tomb of Hui (§§ ioi6£f.); and on the ones at Heliopolis, Hermonthis, and elsewhere, ibid. On the Aton- temples in general, see my remarks in Zeitschrijt fiir agyptische Sprache, 40, no fF. cSee Nestor I'Hdte, Papier s inedits, III, 80, q6, 97, loi, 104, 105 (not seen); Prisse, Transactions of the Royal Society of Literature, 2d Ser., I., 76-92, and again Prisse, Monuments egyptiens, V and XI; following Prisse, J. S. Perring, Trans- actions of the Royal Society of Literature, 2d Ser., I, 140 ff.; Brugsch, Rectieil de monuments, PI. 57, 2, a-k; Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, no, c and g; Bouriant, Recueil, VI, 51 £f.; and a letter by Piehl (Zeitschrift fiir agyptische Sprache, 1884, 41), which also refers to the names of Tutenkhamon and Eye as occurring in blocks rebuilt into this pylon. Blocks reused in repairs on the temple of Amenhotep II (Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 50); in Karnak {ibid,, 52); in town of Luxor {ibid., 89). dSee tomb of Ramose, § 941, note. 382 § 933] QUARRY INSCRIPTION AT SILSILEH 383 and it must have been a large and imposing sanctuary.* It was erected early in the Aton schism, for the surviving fragments show a reference to Horus and Set. The name of Aton occurs without the cartouches,^ and the king still bears his old name.*" This last fact shows that the temple was built before the sixth year. It is also referred to in the tomb of Hatey (h^t-y^y) at Thebes (Kuma), who was ^^ scribe, overseer of the granary in the house (h't) of the Aton,^^^ at a time when the Amon cult was still unrepressed. Thebes as a whole was now apparently called ^^City (nw tyoj-the- Brightness-of-Atonj^^ and the temple quarter was known as * ' Brightness-of-A ton-the-Great. ' '® 933 . ^ The quarry inscription informs us that the highest officials of the court served in superintending the work of tran- sportation. The date of the inscription must be very early in the king^s reign, because the materials taken from the quarry were built into the temple, completed, and inscribed before the sixth year. The work in the quarry was therefore probably done in the first or second year. Over the inscrip- ^In the heart of Harmhab's pylon I found blocks of Ikhnaton's masonry of considerable dimensions; one cornice was 32 inches high. The king's leg, in a fragmentary relief, was 20 inches across at the lower edge of the apron; the k- vessel was 13 inches long; the dy-\o2ii was 12 inches high. The names of Aton and the king had been expunged before the destruction of the building. ^From my own copies of blocks deep in Harmhab's pylon. I found there also a date which might have settled this question, but unfortunately the year is lost, and only the season and the day remain. [Later: This date is now pubUshed in Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 52,] cLepsius, Denkmdler, III, no, d. The old name, " Amenhotep," continued until the fifth year of his reign (Griflath, Kahun Papyri, PI. 38 and pp. 91 and 92). In the sixth year we find the new name, "Ikhnaton," on the boundary stelae at Amarna (§§ 949 S.). The Theban temple must, therefore, have been built and sculptured before the sixth year. ^Daressy, Annates, II, 2-4; Legrain, ibid., Ill, 265. ©On Canopies published by Legrain {Annates, IV, 17-19). 'Legrain's arguments for dating the temple, or a temple of Aton at Thebes, before Ikhnaton's reign are inconclusive {Annates, III, 265). 384 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: IKHNATON [§ 934 tion was a relief* showing the king worshiping before Amon, but it has been erased, probably by Ikhnaton himself. The inscription below is as follows: 934. ^Live the Horus: Mighty Bull, Lofty of Plumes; Favorite of the Two Goddesses ; Great in Kingship in [Karnak] ;^ Golden Horus : Wearer of Diadems *in the Southern Heliopolis; King of Upper and I^wer Egypt, High Priest of Harakhte-Rejoicing-in-the-Horizon, in His Name: " Heat-Which-is-in-Aton : " Nef erkheprure^-Wanre ; ^Son of Re [Amenhotep,^ Divine Ruler of Thebes], great in his duration, living forever and ever; [Amon]-® Re, lord of heaven, ruler of eternity.^ 935. First occurrence of his majesty's giving command to ^ to muster all the workmen^ from Elephantine to Samhudet^ (Sm^ -Hwdt)y and the leaders of the army, sin order to make a great breach for cutting out sandstone, in order to make the great sanctuary (bnbny of Harakhtein his name: "Heat-Which-is-in-^Aton," in Karnak. *Not shown on Lepsius* plate, but given by him in his notes (Lepsius, Denk- mdlefy Text, IV, 96, 97). ^Lepsius has incorrectly restored Akhetaton in this lacuna. This mention of the city in the first or second year had caused me much difficulty; but the publi- cation of this stela by Legrain {Annales, III, 263) shows that *' Akhetaton" is an error. We should restore "Karnak" as in the contemporaneous Zernik stela {ibid.y 260 f.). This fragmentary stela recorded similar quarry-work in the cliffs opposite and above Esneh. The king bears his old name, and the god's name also is as in the Silsileh stela; it is undated, but is clearly from the same time as the Silsileh stela, and the expedition recorded was carried out by Eye, afterward king. There is another stela beside Eye's, showing the "chief of quarrymen, Neferronpet" worshiping Amon {ibid., 261 f.). cThis is the Napkhurlya of the Amarna Letters; it means: "Beautiful is the Being of Re" Wanre, the second part of the name, means, " Uniqtie One of Re." •^This old form of the king's name has been erased because it contained the name of Amon. ^Erased. ^The connection of the god's name is uncertain, but probably "beloved of" has been omitted before it (after it in original). KThe text has "works," but Brugsch has a similar example {Hieroglyphisch- demotisches Worterbuch, Supplement, 1337), with "the people" as object of the verb, showing clearly what is meant here. ^^Like the Hebrew "from Dan to Beersheba." On Samhudet, see Brugsch, Dictionnaire geographique, 704-6. Elephantine was, of course, at the first cataract, and Samhudet was in the Delta. ^Determined with an obelisk. § 936] TOMB OF THE VIZIER RAMOSE 385 Behold, the officials, the companions, and the chiefs of the fan- bearers, were the chiefs of the quarry-service,* for the transportation of stone. TOMB OF THE VIZIER RAMOSE^ 936. This tomb contains reliefs and inscriptions which are among the most important documents of this reign, because among other facts they furnish contemporary and conclusive evidence of the identity of Amenhotep IV and Ikhnaton, the great religious revolutionary. Ramose, the owner of the tomb, was an official high in the favor of the king and of exalted rank. He was: ** Governor of the (residence) city, vizier;" "hereditary prince, count of Horus in his house; a doer of truth, a hater of deceit, wearer of the royal seal, chief of works among the great monuments, chief of prophets of North and South, vizier, just judge; sole companion, approaching his lord, whom the Lord of the Two Lands loved because of his remarkable traits, who enters the palace, and comes forth with favor, with the utterances of whose mouth one (= the king) is satisfied;" "(wr/-«/r-) priest, the mouth that makes content in the whole land, (sm-) priest, master of all wardrobes, enter- ing into the secrets of heaven, of earth [and of the nether world];" "master of secret things of the palace;" "attached to Nekhen, prophet of Mat, chief justice."*^ aSee Hammamat Stela of Ramses IV, 1. 14 (IV, 466); also Brugsch (Aegyp- tologie, 216 f., note). In Papyrus Hood there is a "chief of the quarry-service of the whole land" (p. 216). ^A clifif-tomb in the hill of Shekh Abd-el-Kurna on the west shore at Thebes, known as Stuart's Tomb, No. 108. It was discovered by one "Mustapha Noak" in i860, and opened successively by Ebers in 1872 and Villiers Stuart in 1879 (see Wiedemann, Recueil, XVII, 9). It was inadequately published by Stuart in The Funeral Tent of an Egyptian Queen, 89 ff.; and Egypt after the War, PI. 27, and pp. 386-88. Bouriant has some notes on the tomb in Revue archeologique, 1882, N. S., XXIII, 279-84. and Recueil, VI, 55, 56. Nearly all the inscriptions were published by Piehl with great accuracy in Zeitschrift fiir agyptische Sprache, 1883, 127-30; 1887, 37-39. I excavated the unpublished inscriptions and recopied the whole in December, 1894. Some signs had been lost since Piehl made his copies. The accompanying translations are based upon a collation with Piehl, and upon my own copies alone, where Piehl had not copied. cThese are all the titles in the tomb, as found in my copies. 386 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: IKHNATON [§937 — ^^— — ™ ■■11^ ^l^^|■^r■■■l ■■■■■■ ■■■■ii iii ...i i 937. Ramose, as head of the religious, judicial, and administrative organization, must have been the most powerful official at the court of Ikhnaton. He had been vizier under the king's father, Amenhotep III;^ he v^as early won over to the Aton faith, and the particular value of his tomb lies in the fact that we may trace in it this con- version of Ramose at a time when Ikhnaton still called himself Amenhotep, and still permitted references to Amon and ^^the gods.^^ This last term, as well as the name of Amon, has been expunged^ at a later date. The materials in the tomb are as follows: Relief Scene^ 938. A king sits enthroned on the right, his face and figure executed in the usual conventional style; behind him the goddess Mat ; before him, with upraised arms. Ramose. ^It must be the same Ramose who, in an inscription on the island of Sehel, is called: '^Hereditary prince, the two eyes of the king in the whole land, governor 0} the {residence) city and vizier, Ramose" (Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 12 16, gg = de Morgan, Catalogue des monuments, I, 90, No. 79). See also Wiedemann, Recueil, 17, 9; Mariette, Monuments divers, 70, No. 21; ibid., 72, No. 50; and Petrie, Season in Egypt, 13, No. 334. ^This expungement is very significant; for it is not the name of a particular god, but the word ''gods," which is expunged. I have found this same erasure of the word "gods" at Karnak in the long offering inscription of Amenhotep III on Pylon III, and in the Coronation Inscription of Thutmose III; also on a number of Eighteenth Dynasty monuments in European museums. With this fact com- pare the erasure of the gods' names at Karnak as noted by Lepsius: "Auch hier [Temple of Ptah, northern Karnak] waren die Namen des Ptah und Amon wie auch der Hathor und ihre Figuren alle ausgekratzt; so auch auf dem Architrav der Thiire die Namen des Ptah. Ebenso sind sammtliche Gotter im Tempel zu Med. Habu und in dem hinteren Theile des grossen Tempels von Karnak ausgekratzt; die Gotterverfolgung muss also nicht nur dem Amon gegolten haben, sondern viel allgemeiner gewesen sein." — Lepsius (Denkmaler, Text, III, 8; read also end of section), and see ibid., 31. By comparing Leyden Stela, V, 26, and Vienna Stela, 53, it will be seen that the wife of a certain "overseer of the cattle of Amon" was a "musician of Upwawet;" but when her husband became "overseer of the cattle of the house of Aton," she was obliged to drop her title (see Baillet, Notice sur la collection egyptienne de I'Abbe'Desnayers, 40, and Recueil, 23, 144; also Bergmann, Recueil, IX, 42). The persecution therefore included all the gods. See Breasted, Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 40, 108-10. dinner wall, first chamber, left of door. § 942] TOMB OF THE VIZIER RAMOSE 387 ■ ' ■■ ' J ' ' .11. . . - ■ , ■ „ — — " ■ I ■ ■—■ - 1. ■ » 939. The accompanying inscriptions are: Over the King^ King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Lord of the Two Lands, — re, given life, Son of Re, his beloved, Amenhotep, God, Ruler of Thebes, great in his duration. Over Mat • Mat, daughter of Re, presider over the palace, mistress of heaven, ruler of the gods. She gives myriads of years. Over Ramose^ 940. Utterance of the governor of the (residence) city, the vizier, Ramose, triumphant, for the benefit of thy ka: *'An adjuration to thy father, * Harakhte-Rejoicing-in-the-Horizon, in his name : Heat-Which- is-[in]-Aton,'*^ that he may praise thee, that he may love thee, that he may estabUsh thee, that he may give to thee myriads of years (so that) thy annals may be jubilees; that all lands may be under thy feet, that he may fell thy foes, dead or alive; that all joy may be with thee, all health with thee, all life with thee, and that thou mayest abide upon the throne of Re forever.'* Relief Scene^ 941. Under the radiating sun-disk stand a king and*' queen, worshiping, all in the peculiar Amarna style. They are in a building, doubtless a part of the Theban Aton- temple. Outside are groups of bowing officials. 942. The inscriptions are these: ain two lines; a third mutilated line is omitted above. Over the king's head is also the winged sun-disk, with its usual inscription: ''The Edfuan (Horus) great god, etc.'\ This disappears entirely during the later Aton movement. bThis entire speech of Ramose to the king appears twice over his head, with slight variants. cThis and the mention in the Silsileh inscription are the earliest occurrences of Aton's name; it is not yet in the cartouche. dinner wall, first chamber, right of door. eThere are no children present as usual in such scenes so common at Amarna. This is perhaps another indication of the early date of this tomb in the reign. 388 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: IKHNATON [§ 943 By the Sun-Disk **'Harakhte-Rejoicing-in-the-Horizon; in his name: Heat-Which- is-in-Aton," residing in '^Aton-fis-Found^-in-the-House-of-Aton.**^ By the King Lord of the Two Lands, Nefer[khepru]re , given life, Lord of Diadems, Amenhotep, God, Ruler of Thebes, great in his duration. Over the Queen Great King*s-wife, his beloved, Mistress of the Two Lands, living, flourishing. 943. These two reliefs show, first: that the Aton faith was in full swing under an Amenhotep whose prenomen begins like that of Ikhnaton; second, a king with the unmistakable features of Ikhnaton, worshiping the latter's peculiar god, appearing in public with his queen, as only Ikhnaton did, bears the name "Amenhotep." This is proof positive of the identity of Ikhnaton and Amenhotep IV. 944- The remaining reliefs illustrate the high favor of Ramose with the king. Scene The king stands at the left holding audience; before him in successive moments appears Ramose, kissing the earth, kneeling, standing decorated with gold, departing with servants bearing the gold collars just received from »The god's two names are here in cartouches. ^This is the name of the Aton-temple at Thebes, in which the reliefs represent the king and queen as standing. The phrase "red image of Aton" (Bouriant, Le Tomheau de Ramshs ct Cheikh-abd-el-Gournah, p. 7) is due to reading the bird here as the "red'* bird {dir), but even then the translation is impossible, for the word "image" is lacking. "Gem-Aton" is of uncertain meaning, but the name was also applied by Ikhnaton to a new city founded by him for the Aton-worship in Nubia, in the central cataract region. This Nubian city survived a thousand years under the name "Gem-Aton," and is mentioned several times on the Nastesen Stela (see my remarks, Zeitschrift fur agyptische Sprache, 40, 106 fif.). § 947] TOMB OF THE VIZIER RAMOSE 389 the king, and finally issuing from the palace, when he is met by congratulating friends, rejoicing and carrying flowers. Inscriptions 945. The inscriptions were very brief, and are now mostly too fragmentary for translation, but the speech of the king to Ramose contains interesting references to the origin of the Aton faith, unfortunately much broken. It is as follows : "*The words of Re are before thee, of my august father, who taught me their ^essenceii, them to me. All that is, his — since he equipped the land in order to ""exalt^ me since the time of the god. It was known in my heart, opened to my face, I under- stood ." 946. The king is evidently referring to the revelation of the Aton faith directly to himself. To this Ramose makes the following remarkable reply: "Thy monuments shall endure like the heavens, for thy duration is like Aton therein. The existence of thy monuments is like the exist- ence of the heavens; thou art the Only One of [Aton], in possession of his designs. Thou hast led the mountains; their secret chambers, the terror of thee is in the midst of them, as the terror of thee is in the hearts of the people; they hearken to thee as the people hearken."^ 947. An inscription in the doorway might indicate that Ramose was later buried in this tomb; it runs thus: "I have arrived in peace at my tomb, possessed of the favor of the Good God. I did the pleasure of the king in my time; I did not dis- regard a regulation which he commanded, I practiced no deceit against the people, in order that I might gain my tomb {hr't)y upon the great West of Thebes." ^These accompanying inscriptions are directly below the upper row, depicting the decoration, and belong with a lower band connected with the same incident. They are only in ink and very faded; I believe my copy of them is the first made. They have never been published. bSee similar idea, Kubbftn Stela, 1. 6 (III, 285). 3QO EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: IKHNATON [§ 948 But doubtless this language is only conventional, for the tomb was never finished, and there is at Amarna the tomb* of a Ramose, perhaps the same man who has followed his king to the new capital. 948. This tomb at Thebes is in arrangement, style, and subject of reliefs exactly like those of Amarna, for which it doubtless served as a model. The rich gifts to Ramose which it depicts show how Ikhnaton gained his officials to his cause, while similar scenes upon the walls of almost every Amarna tomb show how he kept them faithful. THE TELL EL-AMARNA LANDMARKS^ 949. Having finally broken with the Theban priesthood of Amon, Ikhnaton abandoned Thebes as capital and royal residence, and determined to found a new city devoted exclusively to the service of Aton, the new solar god. The site selected for the new residence and holy city was about one hun- dred and sixty miles above modem Cairo, on the east bank of ^No. II in Daressy's list {Recueil, XV, 50); I copied the inscriptions in the tomb (doorway, thickness, right hand), and they give this Ramose the titles: " Commander of the army of the Lord of the Two Lands, ^overseer of the White Housed ofAmenhotepIII" which do not correspond with those of the Theban Ramose; but the rapid and sudden changes of the time may have transferred him to the head of the army. See also Wiedemann {Recueil, XVII, 9, 10) who opposes the identity. ^hese fourteen landmarks are huge stelae varying in size from K, which "is 5 feet wide and 8 feet 3 inches high," to U, which is " 14^ feet wide and about 26 feet high." They are cut into the limestone clifiFs, and the quality of the stone is such that they have suffered extremely from wind and weather. No one stela contains a completely preserved text, but by combining all those thus far published, a complete text of the second class of stelae (the original six) was obtained. Pro- fessor Petrie has lettered all these stelae on his map (Tell el- Amarna, PI. XXXI V), and furnished the first complete account of them. I have followed his lettering. Of the fourteen stelae (one more discovered since Petrie's map was made) I was able to secure copies of eight, as follows: 1. A (northwest corner); Prisse, Monuments egyptiens, XIV, 11. 20-25 (^^d); Daressy, Recueil, XV, 61. 2. B (middle, west side, Gebel Tiine); Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 91, a-f (only §95o] THE TELL EL-AMARNA LANDMARKS 391 the Nile, at a point where the cliffs, suddenly retreating some three miles from the river, and as suddenly approaching it again, over five miles lower down, thus with the river inclose a roughly semicircular plain about three miles wide by five miles long. In this plain he built his new city,* called Akhetaton, ^^ Horizon of Aton,'^ but it was his design from the first to consecrate and devote to the city and its god^s service a large domain around it. 950. For this purpose he established, above and below the two points where the cliffs leave the river, a northern and southern boundary line, the two being about eight miles apart, and running from cliff to cliff clear across the Nile valley, which here varies from twelve to seventeen and a half miles in width. The boundaries were then marked by fourteen splendid stelae cut into the cliffs, some of them being as high as twenty-six feet. As the cliffs formed a natural boundary on the east and west, the northern and southern lines were of chief importance; hence the east and west ends of these two lines, where they struck the cliffs, were marked by four large stelae cut in the rocks. But, probably owing to the irregularity of the cliff lines, another pair were placed opposite each other in the eastern and western cliffs, midway between the northern and south- reliefs and accompanying names, date, etc.); Champollion, Notices descriptiveSy II, 321 f. 3. F (southwest corner); hand copy by Petrie. 4. J (southernmost on river front, east side); hand copy by Petrie. 5. K (just north of J); Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, no, b. 6. S (southeast corner); best preserved of all; photograph and copy by Daressy, Recueil, XV, 52; Prisse, Monuments egyptiens, XIII. 7. U (middle east side); Prisse, ihid., XII, and hand copy by Petrie. 8. X (close by Shekh Sa ^ Id, matching K on the south) ; recently discovered by Mr. N. de G. Davies, to whose kindness I am indebted for a squeeze. Professor Petrie kindly placed his copies of F, J, and U at my disposal. *The modern name, "Tell el-Amama," now universally applied to the locality, is a corruption of "El Amarieh;" see Petrie, Tell el-Amarna, 2. 392 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: IKHNATON [§ 951 ern lines* (U and B). Finally, the irregularity of the cliffs forced the erection of no less than eight more, all on the east side, chiefly where the cliffs are broken by incoming valleys, across which the new stelae carry the line (total, fourteen). It is not improbable that there are others yet undiscovered. 951 . In form these stelae are practically all of one design, showing at the top a relief scene in which appear the king, queen, and either two or three daughters, standing before an altar and adoring Aton, whose rays, terminating in hands, extend to them the symbol of life. All, including the god, are accompanied by their names in cartouches, and their titles. The inscription, beginning in the relief-field with a few vertical lines, continues below in horizontal lines. On either side of the stelae were often altars with statues of the king and his family. The stelae (called ^^ landmarks ^^ in the translation) fall, according to content, into two classes. 952. The first class is represented by two stelae,^ contain- ing a detailed endowment of the god, probably not confined to the gift of Akhetaton. They were of great length, con- taining nearly eighty lines each, but are so fragmentary that only a few detached phrases in the first half can be discerned. 953. After the date,*^ the introduction, the account of the king's first visit to Akhetaton, and the oblation, all being identical with the beginning of the stelae of the second class ^See conclusion of Stela A (§971), which is different from that of the others, and clearly defines the position of the original six stelae. ^hese two stelae (K and X) occupy important positions: one at the north and the other at the south end of the semicircle, where the cliffs approach to the river-bank above and below the city on the east bank. cThe date is lost on X; in K, Lepsius, Denkmdler, has "year 4," with signs of weathering; but the month, which is the same as on all the second class of stelae (which are all of year 4), shows that Lepsius, Denkmdler, has misread 6 as 4. §956] THE TELL EL-AMARNA LANDMARKS 393 (§§ 959 ff.), these two stelae proceed with a glorification of the king: All [lands], all countries, the Haunebu [come to him] bearing their impost, their tribute upon their backs, [for] him who makes their life. 954. Then follows apparently the king's solemn assev- eration, in which he proclaims the gift of Akhetaton to Aton : His majesty raised his hand to heaven, to him who made him, even Aton, [^saying: "This is my testimony^, forever, and this is my witness forever, this landmark I have made Akheta- ton for my father as a dwelling for — . I have [rdemarkedi] Akhetaton on its south, on its north, on its west, on its east. I shall not pass beyond the southern landmark of Akhetaton toward the south, nor shall I pass beyond the northern landmark of [Akhetaton toward the north]. ^ He has made its circuit for his own — ; he hath made his Taltari in its midst, whereon I make offering to him; this is it." 955. Then follows the statement that Akhetaton shall be a new capital, where he will hold audience for all the land (cf. Ill, 63, Harmhab): **The whole land [Tshall come hitherT] for the beautiful seat of Akhe- taton shall be another seat, and I will give them audience,^ whether they be north, or south, or west, or east " 956. After a short break, the text proceeds with the building of the temple : **I have made Akhetaton in this [place] that he may be satisfied therewith, forever and ever. I have made a temple of Aton for Aton, my father, in Akhetaton in this [place]. I have made [for Aton], my father, in Akhetaton in this place. I have made the *Shadow-of-Re,* [for Aton, my father, in Akhetaton in this place] "C ^The only two stelae bearing this text stand at the extreme north and south. bLit., ''hearing." cStill another of these phrases follows here, but the object made is lost; pos- sibly each refers to a different temple at Akhetaton, of which there were at least three called ''Shadow of Re'' (see §§ 1017 ff.). 394 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: IKHNATON [§957 957. From here on the text is in such fragmentary con- dition thai little can be made out. It is probable that these thirty-seven lines contained the decree endowing Aton with lands and revenues outside of Akhetaton. This is practically certain in the following fragment : "As for my rground^ in every town (^dmy^) of the north, of the south, of the west, or of the east, it is my ; it shall be brought — my — for Akhetaton." In 1. 45 ^^Kush^^ is mentioned, and it may be that the decree here passes from the gift of lands in Egypt to those in Kush. 958. The second class of stelae, of which there are twelve,* are not so long, but to them belong the original six, three on each side of the river, which were later increased to twelve. After the date and titulary they record the king's presence in Akhetaton on that day, on his first visit there (11. 1-4), his exploration of the city, and oblation to Aton (11. 5-8) in celebration of the foundation of the city, exactly as in the first class of stelae (§§9525.). The king then proceeds to the southeastern stela (S), where, after a few words in praise of his queen and the princesses, his daughters, he declares the boundaries of his new city, marked by six ' stelae, four at the eastern and western ends of the northern and southern boundary lines (§962 and §964), and two more (§963), one in the eastern and one in the western cliffs, midway between the northern and southern boundary lines. The size of the inclosure is then indicated (§965), *They occupy both sides of the river, three on the west and nine on the east bank. The three on the west are the three original stelae, matching three original stelae on the east side, which were later increased to nine on the east side. The northernmost of the original eastern three has never been found; X, at present the northernmost on the east side, belongs to the first class, and not to the second class, to which the original six belong. The six are: (i) on the west side: A, B, and F; (2) on the east side: S, U, and the northeast stela still undiscovered. A differs in its conclusion from the others (see §§970-72). §959] THE TELL EL-AMARNA LANDMARKS 395 and the whole is solemnly conveyed as a permanent gift to Aton (§966), the other landmarks being appealed to as containing a similar record (§967), which will in all cases be renewed in case it has suffered defacement or erasure from any cause (§968). A later note (§969) in conclusion records an inspection by the king in the year 8. Introduction 959. Year 6, fourth month of the second season, thirteenth day. 'Live the Good God, satisfied with truth, lord of heaven, lord of Aton; live the great one who illuminates the Two Lands; live my father; live '*Harakhte-Rejoicing-in-the-Horizon, in his name: Heat- Which-is-in-Aton," who is given life forever and ever. Live Horns: Mighty-Bull, Beloved-of-Aton; Favorite of the Two Goddesses:^ Great-in-Kingship-in- Akhetaton ; Golden Horus: Bearer- of -the-Name-of-Aton ; King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Living in Truth, Lord of the Two Lands: [Nef erkhepru]re-Wanre ;^ Son of Re, Living in Truth, Lord of Diadems: Ikhnaton (F^ fp-n-Ytn), great in duration, ^given life forever and ever; Good God — whose beauty Aton created, the really good-hearted toward Irsu,*^ satisfying him with that which pleases his ka, doing that which is useful for him that begat him; ^offering the earth to him that placed him upon his throne, supplying his eternal house with millions and hundred-thousands of things, exalter of Aton, magnifier of his name; who causes that the earth should belong to Irsu, ^Ikhnaton.^ ^In Egyptian one word nb'ty, a feminine dual noun, with an adjectival ending, so that the whole means "he who belongs to, or is protege of, the two goddesses," but the word for the latter is not as prominent as in English; hence Ikhnaton retained the old royal titulary without change, even including this somewhat com- promising title, to preserve the old titulary complete. This is one of the few com- promises with a traditional form by Ikhnaton. That he no longer retained a belief in the two goddesses is shown by the fact that the vulture, which regularly appears with wings outspread in protection over the heads of the other kings, is never found with Ikhnaton, but it is replaced by the sun-disk enveloping Ikhnaton in its rays. ^The first part is the Napkhurlya of the Amarna Letters; the whole means: ^'BeatUiful is the Being of Re; the Unique One of Re.'* ^Yr-sw="He that made him." Read sw, as in Eye, § 991, 1. 4. ^See § 985, note. ^Original has "his.* It § I004] THE TELL EL - AMARNA TOMBS 413 Self-Praise 1002. Hereditary prince, count, wearer of the royal seal, sole com- panion, 9 his Two Lands, commander of the army of the Lord of the Two Lands, overseer of the house of sending [the Aton] to rest, [Mai (M ^ y)]', he saith : "I am his servant, whom he created; upright for the Lord of the Two Lands, one useful to his lord, who put truth in my body; (my) abomination is lying. '°I know that the son of the Aton, Neferkhep- rure-Wanre, rejoices because of it, (for) he hath doubled to me my favors like the numbers of the sand. I am the head of the officials at the head of the people {rlpy't). "My lord has advanced me, (because) I have carried out his teaching, and I hear his word without ceasing. My eyes behold thy beauty every day." Prayer for Self 1003. "O my lord, wise like Aton, satisfied with truth. How pros- perous is '*he who hears thy teaching of life! May he be satisfied with seeing thee, when he reaches old age. Grant me goodly burial, of that which thy ka gives, in the house wherein thou commandest me to rest, [in] the mountain of Akhetaton, ^^the place of the favorites. O thou Myriad of full Niles every day, Neferkheprure-Wanre, god, that madest me, through whose ka Qi live; grant that I may be satisfied with fol- lowing thee without ceasing, O '^child of the Aton. Thou art for eter- nity, O thou Myriad of beseeching Wanre (Ikhnaton). How prosperous is he 'Swho follows thee! Grant him, that all that he does may abide forever. May his lord give him burial, (for) his mouth was full of truth." TOMB OF AHMOSEa 1004. Ahmose was "rea/ king' s-scrihe, his beloved, jan- bearer on the right of the king, master of the judgment-hall, steward of the estat'e of Neferkheprure-Wanre (Ikhnaton).^* aCliff-tomb (No. 3) at Amarna, northern group (Lepsius, No. 4) ; the hymns are on the doorposts: left-hand, Sharpe, Egyptian Inscriptions, PI. VII (very bad), and my own copy. I found this doorpost much mutilated since Sharpe's time, and could «iot check all he copied. Right-hand: Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 98, a; this doorpost is now so mutilated that I made no attempt to copy, in view of the short time at my disposal. . 414 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: IKHNATON [§ 1005 He has left the usual composite hymn upon the doorposts of his tomb. 1005. The two portions of this hymn, one introduced by praise to the rising, the other by praise to the setting, sun, form really one hymn, of the usual character above described (§979). The introductory praise of the god, the king, and the queen, is verbatim identical with the hymn of Tenr (§ 984), to which the reader is referred for the trans- lation. Ahmose's hymn then proceeds with a tribute to the universality of the king's power, as follows: Praise oj the King 1006. rthe praisei of all that thou hast encircled. presenting them to thy ka. sThy child whom thou thyself didst beget . The south, as well as the north, the west and the east, [and the isles] in the midst of the sea ^are in jubilation to his ka. His southern boundary is as far as the wind, and (his) northern as far as the shining of Aton. All their princes make supplication, whom his fame has cowed ^through his beautiful ka, who makes festive the Two Lands, who supplies the needs of the whole land. Place him with* thyself forever, according as he has loved to behold thee. ^Grant him very many jubilees of peaceful years. Grant him the love of thy heart, like the sands of the shore, like the scales of the ^fish in the river, (or) the hair ^°of the cattle May I be a follower of the Good God until he assigns the burial which he gives. Hymn to Aton 1007. ^Thy setting is beautiful, O living Aton, lord of lords, ruler of the Two Lands, in the peace of the Two Lands. The people are in rejoicing before thee, giving praise to him who formed them, doing obeisance fto him who created""] them, r — i to thy beloved son, the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, living in truth, Neferkheprure- aRead hn c -k. *rrhe second portion (Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 98, a, right doorpost) begins here. It is cleariy the second half of one hymn, the first half containing the praise of god, king, and queen; the second chiefly the prayer of the deceased as usual. §ioTo] THE TELL EL-AMARNA TOMBS 415 Wanre (Ikhnaton). The whole land, every country in thy every circuit, at thy appearance shall make jubilee to thy rising and to thy setting likewise, O god, living in truth before the eyes. Thou art the maker of that which is not, the maker of all these things that come forth from thy mouth. Prayer for Self 1008. Grant to me advancement before the king every day, without ceasing; goodly burial after old age, on the highland of Akhetaton, when I have finished life in prosperity. May I be a follower of the Good God, when he treads any place he desires; may I be the com- panion of his two feet, for he trained me, when I was a child, until [I] attained revered age in peace and joy, a follower of the ruler, when he was at the feast, every day. TOMB OF TUTU^ 1009. Tutu (Tw-tw) was an imi-khentit (ymy-^nty t) in Akhetaton. He was decorated with gold, like most of his colleagues, and has recorded some remarkable statements concerning his king in the following hymn: Hymn to A ton and the King loio. ' ^ O Aton, given life forever and ever. As for thy son, the king, living in truth. Lord of the Two Lands [Neferkhep- rure-Wa]nre, thy child, who came forth from thy rays, thou establish- est him in thy office of King of Upper and Lower Egypt, as ruler of the circuit of Aton. Thou givest him eternity, as thou hast made thyself, (for) thy son is thy emanation; spending for ^theei thy lifetime; Son of Re, great in duration; Great King's-Wife [Nefernefru]aton-[Nofretete], living forever. * forever. Lord of the Two Lands. Thy rays aCliff-tomb (No. 8) in the southern group at Amarna (Lepsius, No. 2); Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, 107, a; Lepsius' squeeze of the same text; and my own copies of the original. The tomb contains, besides the above hymn, also a long and magnificent text (too long to be copied in the time at my disposal) and the short form of the great hymn. ^This beginning is apparently not a title, as in the other hymns, but a direct address. 4i6 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: IKHNATON [§ ion are upon thy beloved son; thy hand carries satisfying life. Thy love is great, immense, •" — i, by thy august skin, when thou floodest heaven and earth with thy beauty. (Then) thy son, who came forth from thy limbs, adores thee, thou hearest for him that which is in his heart, (and) thou doest according to that which comes forth from his mouth. He is thy beloved, thou makest him like Aton. Although thou art in heaven, thy rays are upon [earth]. ^ ^As thou begettest thyself every day without ceasing, (so) thou hast formed him out of thine own rays to spend the lifetime of Aton. When thou sailest the heavens, his eye [sees] thy beauty, rejoicing with joy at beholding thee, O living Aton, (for) he is thy favorite. Those who are under the heavens, even all that see thy rays, , for thou hast made them, that he might satisfy thy heart therewith. -♦ great in duration. Hymn to Aton lOii. I come with praise to Aton, the living, the only god, lord of radiance, who makes light when he rises in heaven, who illuminates the Two Lands. When he made to live all that he created, he drove awaj the darkness. When he sends out his rays, every land is filled with his love. The herbage and the trees start up before thee; the denizens of the water spring up at thy shining; all people arise in their places. (When) [their limbs]^ are washed [they take]^ their clothing, [they do]^ all work, they make their products. Thou hast awakened the Two Lands, when thou risest in thy form of living Aton. Their mouths are filled with that which thou givest. All small cattle rest upon their herbage; thou expellest evil and hast given health. Every one lifts himself up because thou risest: they have seen their lord (when) he appears Praise of the King 10 12. As for thine only son who came forth from thy body, thou embracest him with thy beautiful rays. ^ in thy form of Aton, every land trips to thy rising. Thy rays bear a myriad of jubilees for thy son, living in truth. King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Neferkheprure-Wanre, my god, my fashioner, and my creator. ^Restored from Eye's great hymn (see my De Hymnis in Solent sub Rege Amenophide IV Conceptis, 19, v. 11). ^Ibid., 34 and 36. §ioi4] THE TELL EL- AMARNA TOMBS 417 Prayer and Selj-Praise 10 13. Grant me that my eye may see him, that [my] hands may adore him, that my ear may hear his voice, that his ka may be before me without ceasing. I am the favorite servant, who [Thears''] his teach- ing, and his marvelous things are in my body without ceasing. I will speak truth to his majesty, (for) I know that he lives therein * I do not that which his majesty hates, (for) my abomination is lying in my body, ^ 1. I have sent up truth to his majesty, (for) I know that he lives therein. Thou art Re, begetter of truth; thou hast given ^ . My voice was not [lifted up] in the king's house, nor was my step too broad in the palace. I took not the reward of lying, nor expelled the truth for the violent; but it was the truth fwhich^ I executed by his (the king's) might before me; I was mighty through the ka of Wanre, I was honored with reward ^° I set not lying in my body He glorified my teach- ableness every day, because I so fully carried out his teaching, not transgressing by any evil thing " May I be one who may adore his majesty; may I be his follower. Grant that I may be satisfied with seeing thee .... and assign to me — burial **after old age in the mountain of Akhetaton * TOMB OF HUYb 1014. In Huy we have the usual favorite of Ikhnaton. His offices were responsible and important ones; for he was ^^ Overseer of the royal harem, overseer of the White House, steward in the house of the r — i,*' great king^s-wife, Tiy (Tyy).^^ The events depicted in his tomb are naturally those connected with his offices. As ^^ overseer of the White House^^ he had charge of incoming tribute. A scene <^ in the tomb shows the king on a splendid throne-chair, borne ^Ll. 12-15 ^^^ mere fragments, showing that the prayers usual in these hjonns form the conclusion. ^Cliff-tomb (No. i) at Amarna, in the northern group (No. 7) ; published by Lepsius, Denkmdler, III, 100-102; sketches by Nestor I'Hote in Amelineau, Histoire de la sepulture, Pis. 100-103; and my own copies. cSee §1017. w ^ ) . " Still another, in Memphis, was called simply: ^' The-House-of -the- Aton. ^^^ a^British Museum, looo; from my own copy; published by Sharpe, Egyptian Inscriptions, II, 48; also Transactions of the Royal Society of Literature, 2d Ser., I, PI. II; and Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archceology, XV, 209-11. ^My own copy; this passage is also found in the tomb of Apy, which fact enabled me to correct the Merire passage, which is corrupt. The Apy passage uses "h't- hnhn" in place of "Shadow-of-Re,*' as given in Merire's tomb. (Piehl, Inscriptions, ist Ser., PI. CXCI = Bouriant, Memoires de la mission frangaise au Caire, I, ii, 12, II. 6 and 7.) These passages show clearly that " Shadow-of-Re" is the name of the Akhetaton temple, and not of the god's statue, as supposed by some. '^Temples called " Shadow-of-Re" were found in the sacred districts of all the divinities of Egypt in the Twentieth Dynasty (IV, 363). Such a temple is known under Ramses II and also in the Twenty-first Dynasty; see Spiegelberg (Rectieil, 17, 159, 160), who thinks these later ones were in the necropolis. ^On the Aton-temples at Amarna and elsewhere, see my article in Zeitschrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 40, 106 ff. [Later — too late for insertion above, I have received the discussion of Davies (Amarna, II, 20-28) on the Amarna temples.] ^Ts-R<^ -m-Ynw, possibly also " Re-is -Exalted -in -Heliopolis" {Recueil, XVI, 123, CIX). ^Recueil, 23, 62. gSpiegelberg, Rechnungen, Taf. XVI, 1. 4; Mariette, Monuments divers, 56 =» Rouge, Inscriptions hieroglyphigues, 54; fragments of inscriptions from this temple are in Mariette, ibid., 34, e. REIGN OF TUTENKHAMON TOMB OF HUY^ 1019. So little is known of the immediate successors of Ikhnaton that the tomb of Huy, viceroy of Kush under Tutenkhamon, is of the greatest importance. We know that this king marked the transition from the Aton faith back to Amon, having changed his name from Tutenkha/(?n to Tutenkhamon ;^ but on returning to Thebes he extended the temple of Aton.*" Nevertheless, he was forced by the priestly party to begin the restoration of the monuments defaced by Ikhnaton, and to recut the inscriptions and dedications to Amon, which they bore.^ We might infer that the Egyptian power in Asia was not wholly broken by Ikhnaton's reform, in view of the rich tribute of Syria shown in the following document; but see the remarks below. That of Nubia naturally continued without interruption,^ as the scenes in this tomb likewise indicate. These scenes fall into three series: I. Investiture of the Viceroy of Kush. II. Tribute of the North. III. Tribute of the South. *Hewn into the cliff of Kurnet-Murrai on the west side at Thebes; published partially by Champollion, Notices descriptives, I, 477-80; by Lepsius, DenkntdleTy III, 1 15-18; Lepsius, Denkmaler, Text, III, 301-6; Brugsch, Thesaurus, V, 1 133-41; and Piehl, Inscriptions, Pis. 144, A-145; a good account of the scenes, Baedeker, Egypt, 288, 289. These scenes are among the most gorgeous and elabo- rate of the Empire. ^The old form, Tutenkhaton, occurs on a Berlin stela, No. 14197 {Ausfiihr- liches Verzeichniss des Berliner Museums, 128); see Erman, Zeitschrift fiir agyp- tische Sprache, 38, 112. ^Fragments of his extension are now rebuilt in the pylon of Harmhab at Kar- nak, Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, a-b; Bouriant, Recueil, VI, 51 ff.; and Piehl, Zeit- schrift fiir dgyptische Sprache, 1884, 41. The name of Eye is found on similar reused blocks also. dSee II, 896. eSee also 11, 896. 420 § I023] TOMB OF HUY 421 I. INVESTITURE OF THE VICEROY OF KUSH* 1020. The interesting and important ceremony depicted in this series of scenes throws Hght on a number of obscure points in the administration of Kush by the Pharaohs. We here learn its limits, viz., from El Kab on the north to Napata on the south. For Napata appears (§ 1025) the important variant Karoy, thus locating this otherwise unknown region, designated by the Eighteenth Dynasty kings as their southern boundary.^ Scene 102 1. King Tutenkhamon is enthroned at the left in a kiosk; before him are two lines of men in groups, repre- senting successive incidents in the ceremony: Reception of Hiiy 1022. An officer standing with back to the king receives Huy as he advances, accompanied by several courtiers. The inscriptions are these: Over the Officer The overseer of the White House; he says: "This is the seal*^ from the Pharaoh, L. P. H., who assigns to thee (the territory) from Nekhen to Napata." Over Huy 1023. King's-son of Kush . Words of Courtiers "Thou art the Son of Amon ;^ he causes that the chiefs of all countries come to thee, bearing every good and choice thing of their countries." ■Scenes and inscriptions copied by Erman, and published from his notes by Brugsch {Thesaurus^ V, 1133-41)- tn^his had been already noticed by Erman (Aegypten, 666), and was not new, as I supposed when I called attention to it in Zeitschrift jur dgyptische Sprache, 40, 108. cReading the w^'-sign as the usual determinative of htm, *'seal;" see Piehl {Inscriptions, I, 112, n. 5). ^Cartouche with name illegible. 422 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: TUTENKHAMON [§ 1024 Investiture of Hiiy 1024. Huy stands before an officer who holds a small object, perhaps an etui containing the seal, which is to be delivered to Huy. No inscriptions. Immediately beside this scene appears an official who extends to Huy the seal of office. The inscriptions are: Over Official 1025. fTakeT] the seal of office, O king's-son of [Kush]. Over Huy The office is assigned to the king's-son of Kush, Huy, from Nekhen to Karoy. 1026. Another scene shows Huy's reception by his family and officials (among whom are the ^^ inspectors'^ {rwd''w))y as he issues from the palace. Over Huy The coining forth, favored, from the court, having been appointed in the presence of the Good God to be king*s-son and governor of the southern countries, Huy. He accounts Khenthennofer, included under his authority, to offer it to the Lord of the Two Lands, Hke every sub- ject of his majesty. n. TRIBUTE OF THE NORTH 1027. It is evident in this series that the administration of Kush now requires two viceroys, for Huy's brother, Amenhotep, here appears as ^^ King's-son of Kush,'' For reasons not evident in the inscriptions, these two viceroys of the South appear presenting to the king the tribute of the North. This circumstance looks suspicious. What should the viceroy of Kush have to do with the tribute of the North ? Moreover, we know from the Amarna Letters that Eg)^tian power in Asia was at an end under Ikhnaton. One might be inclined to think, therefore, that the frequent § io3o] TOMB OF HUY 423 representation of the tribute of the South and North in earlier Theban tombs of the Eighteenth Dynasty induced Huy to add the tribute of the North as a pendant to the tribute of the South which he actually collected. But it should not be forgotten that one of Ikhnaton's successors carried on war in Asia (III, 20), and this can hardly have been any other than Tutenkhamon. He may thus have been able to collect some northern tribute. Scene 1028. King Tutenkhamon is enthroned at the left under a splendid kiosk. Before him bows the viceroy of Kush, Huy, behind whom comes a second viceroy of Kush, Huy's brother, Amenhotep, bearing gifts. These two officials are introducing four lines of Asiatics who bring a magnificent array of tribute, chiefly gold and silver vessels, costly stones, and horses. 1029. The following inscriptions accompany the scene: Over Huy King's-son of Kush, governor of the south countries, fan-bearer at the right of the king, Huy {Hwy)^ triumphant; he says: *'May thy father, Amon, protect thee during myriads of jubilees (hb-^d). May he give to thee eternity as king of the Two Lands, everlastingness as ruler of the Nine Bows. Thou art Re, and thy emanation is his emanation. Thou art heaven,* abiding like its four pillars, the earth sits beneath thee, because of thy permanence, O good ruler." With Amenhotep 1030. Bringing in all the tribute to the Lord of the Two Lands, the presents of Retenu {Rtnw) the wretched; by the king^s-messenger to every country, the king's-son of Kush, governor of the southern countries, Amenhotep, triumphant. ^Meaning, as enduring as heaven. \ 424 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: TUTENKHAMON [§ 1031 With Vessels 103 1. Vessels of all the choicest of the best of their countries, in silver, gold, lapis lazuli, malachite, every splendid costly stone. With an Official Receiving Asiatics 1032. All the chiefs of the Tnorthi countries ^ 1; they say: "How great is thy fame, O Good God! how mighty thy strength! there is none living in ignorance of thee." The chiefs of [all countries] that knew not Egypt since the time of the god, are craving peace from his majesty that it may not be. " Give to us the breath which thou givest, etc., (as below)." Over Asiatics 1033. The chiefs of Retenu {Rinw) the Upper, who knew not Egypt since the time of the god, are craving peace from his majesty. They say: ''Give to us the breath which thou givest, O Qordi. Tell us^ thy victories; and there shall be no revolters in thy time; but every land shall be in peace." in. TRIBUTE OF THE SOUTH^ 1034. In this series the two viceroys present to the king the tribute of the lands under them. This ceremony took place in the temple, from which Huy then goes forth to embark for Nubia, and is received on his dahabiyeh by his local ofiScials, who have accompanied him to Thebes. Scene 1035. King Tutenkhamon is enthroned as in the previous scene, with Huy before him. In the king's presence a magnificent array of tribute; chiefly commercial gold and silver, gold and silver vessels, a chariot, shields, and furniture. *The two n*s (dative?) are probably an error for one, viz., "that we may tell, etc:' ^See Lepsius, Denkmdler, Text, III, 301-6; where the inscriptions are much more accurate than in the foHo of Lepsius. § I038] TOMB OF HUY 425 A second part of the scene shows Huy receiving three lines of Negroes, and a line of Egyptians below. In the top line of Negroes are children of the Kushite chiefs, among them a princess in a chariot drawn by oxen. The negro chiefs wear Egyptian clothing;* they bring similar tribute, and also curiously decorated cattle. Behind all, we see six Nile boats landing. With the exception of the king's names, the inscriptions are confined to the second part of the scene. Before Huy 1036. The arrival in peace — from the house of the hereditary prince, count, (mry-ntr-) priest, king's-son of Kush, Huy fhaving receivedT] the favor of the Lord of the Two Lands, fwho ordered""] gold [to be put] upon his neck and his arms. Ilow many are the^ examples^ of thy favor, O Nebkheprure (Tutenkhamon)! One mentions them (one) time (each) by its name; they are too numerous to put them into writing. Over the Upper Line of Negroes 1037. The chief of Miam<= (My'^tn), good ruler.^ The chiefs of Wayet (w^y't).^ The children of the chiefs of all countries. Over the Middle Line of Negroes The chiefs of Kush, they say: "Hail to thee, O king of Egypt, Sun of the Nine Bows! Give to us the breath which thou givest. Men live by thy love."^ Over the Egyptians 1038. The coming forth of the people of the king's-son, to receive him, when he received the favor of the Lord of the Two Lands; Cfrom^) aUnder Thutmose III they still wore native costume; see tomb of Rekhmire. ^Lit., "Examples upon very many examples, and great is thy favor, etc." cCountry around Ibrim; see tomb of Penno (IV, 474). dThe presence of these chiefs shows that the country was still under its native rulers, and that the Egyptian administrative officers were not in sole control. eAs in Champollion {Notices descriptives, I, 478). ^Very much the same inscription is over the lower row of Negroes (Lepsius, Denkmaler, Text, III, 303). 426 EIGHTEENTH DYNASTY: TUTENKHAMON [§ 1039 the house* of the king's-son of Kush, king's-scribe, Amenhotep living again. They say: ** O ruler, L. P. H., good, mighty in creation, for whom the sun rises; many are the things fwhichTI Hiis two hands' faccomplishTj." Over the Boats Arrival from Kush bearing this good tribute of all the choicest of the best of the south countries. Landing at the city of the South (Thebes) by the king's-son of Kush, Huy. Scene 1039. Huy leans on his staff; behind him are the members of his family; before him a richly decorated dahabiyeh with sail spread, and another with sail furled, bearing a chariot and horses. On the boats approaching Huy, are four rows of officials under Huy, followed by sailors and women with tambourines. The inscriptions show that the presenta- tion ceremonies depicted above have just been completed in the temple, and Huy is now doubtless embarking for his post. The inscriptions are these: Over Huy 1040. The coming from the temple of Amon after the pleasing ceremonies before him, to offer this land to thee;^ by the hereditary prince, count, sole companion, great in Piis office], great [in his rajnk, great — , — king's-scribe, Amenhotep . « Over Huy*s Family The inscriptions are nearly vanished, but the words: ^^His son^^ (twice); ^^his mother,''^ and ^^his sister,''^ may be distinguished. ^The door of the house from which they come is seen behind them; on it are the cartouches of Tutenkhamon. ^The change of person is difficult. § I041] TOMB OF HUY 427 Over Officials 1 04 1. I. Deputy of Kush. 2. Mayor of Khammat (Soleb) 3. Overseer of cattle. 4. . 5. Deputy of the fortres: (called): "Neb[khepr]ure*-Satisfier-of-the-Gods,"^ Penno. 6. Mayor of "Satis- fier-of-the-Gods." 7. His brother, i^prophet^ of — ^ fini] the fortress; *'Satisfier-of-the-Gods," Mermose; 8. Priest of — ,^ residing in the fortress: *'Satisfier-of-the-Gods." 9. . ^Tutenkhamon's throne-name. ^S'htp-ntrw. cCartouche. REIGN OF EYE LANDMARK OF EYE* 1042. Documents of this king are rare. This stela shows the king, in rehef at the top, offering flowers to ^^Hathor, mistress oj Hotep.^^ The exclusive worship of Aton had therefore been abandoned by him at this date, year 3. The inscription records a gift of land by the king to one of his officials, whose name is no longer visible, and to the latter's wife, Mutnezmet. 1043. Year 3, third month of the third season (eleventh month), first day, of King Eye,^ given life, while he was in Memphis. His majesty commanded to endow him with lands, a reward for the king's , — ,^ and for his wife, Mutnezmet. It was laid out in the district called: " rpieldi-of-the-Kheta," in the fields of the **House-of- Okheperkere (Thutmose I)" and the **House-of-Menkheprure (Thut- mose IV)," a field of 154 stat. The south is the " House-of-MenKheprure (Thutmose IV);" the north is the '*House-of-Ptah" and the " House-of-Okheperkere (Thut- mose I)," between his ■" — "•; the west is fthe "House-of-Okheperkere (Thutmose I)^"];*^ the east is the "House-of-Menkheprure (Thutmose IV)" between his r— I There came® the chief king's-scribe, the steward. Ramose; the scribe, Merire; — Thay. Command was given to the — attendant. Re, to transfer it.^ ^Stela now in Cairo; found by the Great Pyramid, in the chapel of Pesib- khenno; published by Daressy {Recueil, i6, 123) and from Daressy by Spiegelberg {Rechnungen, 36). ^FuU fivefold titulary is used in the original. cThe lacuna contained the remainder of a royal ofl&cial's title, and his name, which latter ended in «/. ^The land, as already stated, lay in the j&elds of the House-of-Thutmose I and the House-of-Thutmose IV; the southern and eastern boundaries were formed by the House-of-Thutmose IV, and the northern boundary by the House-of-Thutmose I. Hence it is probable that the western boundary was also formed by the House-of- Thutmose I, and that Daressy has overlooked it in his copy, owing to its identity with the preceding boundary. ^As witnesses? Spiegelberg renders "those who came," but the nt which he renders as the relative pronoun occurs above, with the first, "his f — i (nwy)," and must therefore belong to nwy here. f The land. 428 q^ eoh'M' «?^ PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 57 U Z SICMUND SAMUEL LIBRARY